You are on page 1of 156

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

HITACHI Oil-Free Rotary Screw Air Compressor

Air-cooled

DSP-37A5N DSP-37AR5N
DSP-37A6N DSP-37AR6N
DSP-55A5N DSP-55AR5N
DSP-55A6N DSP-55AR6N
DSP-37VA5N DSP-37VAR5N
DSP-37VA6N DSP-37VAR6N
DSP-55VA5N DSP-55VAR5N
● This INSTRUCTION MANUAL explains in detail
DSP-55VA6N DSP-55VAR6N the important items that require attention;
[Without dryer type] [Built-in dryer type] observed as the following:
● Always observe instructions of WARNING,
Water-cooled CAUTION and IMPORTANT, as they indicate
considerable risks to safety.
DSP-37W5N
GRAPHIC DESCRIPTIONS:
DSP-37W6N
DSP-55W5N WARNING : Indicates warnings. If handled improp-
erly, death or severe injury could
DSP-55W6N result.

DSP-37VWN CAUTION : Indicates cautions. If handled improp-


erly, injury and/or physical damage
DSP-55VWN could result.

Air-Cooled : Indicates air-cooled type.

Water-Cooled : Indicates water-cooled type.

: Indicates variable speed type.

: Indicates built-in dryer type.


Prior to operation of this air compressor, ensure that all
operators read and understand this INSTRUCTION MANUAL
IMPORTANT : Indicates information that needs attention,
completely, thereby operating it safely and properly.
other than WARNING and CAUTION.
Place the INSTRUCTION MANUAL near the air compressor to
: Indicates a reference page.
make it available at any time, and refer to it as the need arises.
How to Use This Instruction Manual
● This Instruction Manual covers the standard models of HITACHI DSP air compressor.
● This Instruction Manual is intended to assist daily operators and maintenance
personnel in the installation, operation, control and service of the air compressor.
● Prior to operation of this air compressor, ensure that all operators read and understand
published documents, such as catalogs, drawings and other specification sheets, and
this INSTRUCTION MANUAL completely, thereby operating it safely and properly.
Place the INSTRUCTION MANUAL near the air compressor to make it available at any
time, and refer to it as the need arises.
● If there are any questions or comments, please contact the local Hitachi distributor/
master dealer or representative office.
● Fill your compressor's model name, Serial Number, etc. in the back cover of this
Instruction Manual. Such information may be helpful when ordering parts, periodic
maintenance, and overhaul.
● HITACHI accepts no responsibility for errors in translation of this manual from the
original English version.

WARNING
Never remove a protective device from the air compressor or modify
the air compressor.
It is imperative to install an earth leakage (ground) circuit breaker on
the power cable. This prevents a ground fault accident.
DSP air compressors are not designed, intended or approved for
breathing air applications. Hitachi does not approve specialized
equipment for breathing air applications and assumes no responsibility
or liability for compressors used for breathing air services.

■ Model Code
D S P - 37 V A R 5 N
Dry or oil-free rotary NEXTseries

Screw air compressor Frequency (5: 50 Hz, 6: 60 Hz)


Built-in dryer type
Packaged
Cooing Method (A: air-cooled, W: water-cooled)
V: V type
without V: fixed-speed type
Nominal Output (kW)

■ International System of Units (SI)

As the unit of pressure, the International System of Units (SI) is used throughout this manual.
For conversion from the conventional unit, see [Example].
[Example] Discharge pressure 0.70 MPa = Conventional unit: 7.14 kgf/cm2 (corresponding
value: 1 kgf/cm2 ≒ 0.098 MPa)

● For improvement of the product, contents in this manual are subject to change without notice. Please be forewarned.
● The product drawing in this manual shows DSP-55VAN as a typical example.
Contents
1. SAFETY PRECAUTIONS ………………………………………………………………………………………… 2
2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION 2.1 Appearance ………………………………………………………………………… 6
2.2 Components ………………………………………………………………………… 9
2.3 Daily Operating Components …………………………………………………… 12
3. OPERATION PROCEDURE 3.1 Instrument Panel …………………………………………………………………… 14
3.2 Start/Stop Operation ……………………………………………………………… 16
3.3 How to Use the Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) ………………………………… 17
3.4 How to Use the Digital Monitor ………………………………………………… 27
3.5 Daily Operation of Air Compressor ……………………………………………… 35
3.6 Daily Operation of Oil Mist Remover …………………………………………… 37
3.7 Adjustment Procedure …………………………………………………………… 37
4. TROUBLESHOOTING 4.1 Protective Device …………………………………………………………………… 38
4.2 Troubleshooting of Air Compressor …………………………………………… 44
4.3 Troubleshooting of Oil Mist Remover …………………………………………… 45
5. INSTALLING AND 5.1 Unpacking the Air Compressor …………………………………………………… 46
PIPING THE DSP 5.2 Conveying the DSP Air Compressor …………………………………………… 46
5.3 Installing the DSP Air Compressor ……………………………………………… 47
5.4 Piping the DSP Air Compressor ………………………………………………… 48
5.5 Ventilation of Air Compressor Room …………………………………………… 51
6. STARTUP OPERATION 6.1 Startup Operation of the Air Compressor ……………………………………… 53
6.2 Initial Setting of OMR Regulator ………………………………………………… 56
7. WIRING 7.1 Power Supply Equipment ………………………………………………………… 57
7.2 Connecting the Power Cable ……………………………………………………… 57
7.3 Wiring Diagram ……………………………………………………………………… 59
7.4 Control panel/LCD Monitor Specifications……………………………………… 60
8. STANDARD COMPONENTS 8.1 Standard Components …………………………………………………………… 81
AND SUBSYSTEMS 8.2 Air/Oil/Water Flow ………………………………………………………………… 82
8.3 Cooling Water ……………………………………………………………………… 87
8.4 Capacity Control System ………………………………………………………… 88
8.5 Dryer System ………………………………………………………………………… 94
8.6 Oil Mist Remover System ………………………………………………………… 95
9. MAINTENANCE 9.1 Periodical Maintenance of Air Compressor …………………………………… 96
9.2 Standard Maintenance Schedule ………………………………………………… 97
9.3 Maintenance Schedule for Dryer ……………………………………………… 101
9.4 Maintenance Schedule for Oil Mist Remover ……………………………… 101
9.5 How to Service the Air Compressor ………………………………………… 102
10. CAUTIONS FOR A LONG TERM OPERATION SUSPENSION …………………………………………… 117
11. PARTS LIST ……………………………………………………………………………………… 118
12. WARRANTY AND 12.1 Warranty …………………………………………………………………………… 135
AFTER-SALES SERVICE 12.2 After-Sales Service ……………………………………………………………… 135
13. RELOCATION AND 13.1 Relocation ………………………………………………………………………… 147
DISPOSAL 13.2 Disposal …………………………………………………………………………… 147
13.3 Recovery of Fluorocarbons …………………………………………………… 147
14. OPERATION RECORD LOGBOOK ……………………………………………………………………………… 148
15. STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS …………………………………………………………………………………… 150

1
1. SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

To ensure safe and proper operation of the air compressor, it is indispensable to carefully
read and understand the following warnings and instructions detailed below. These
warnings and instructions are attached to the air compressor as shown in the figure
below.

Air-Cooled DSP-37/55A(R)N
DSP-37/55VA(R)N

WARNING
Rotating Parts!
● Keep your hands and
rods etc. away from the
rotating parts (pulleys,
belts, couplings,
cooling fans, etc.).
●Do not start the air
compressor without
you returning the belt
cover to its original
place.

V pulley

Rotating V belt
Direction
of
V-Belts
M sheave

● Fixed speed type


WARNING WARNING
Hot Surface! Electric Shock Hazard!
● Do not directly touch any component
inside the air compressor enclosure ● Before servicing or wiring the air compressor,
when the air compressor is operating disconnect the power. This will prevent anyone
or immediately after it has stopped, from turning on the power and causing an electric
as the components are extremely hot shock that could lead to severe injury or death.
and can cause severe injury. ● Do not allow any unlicensed person to wire the air
● Before servicing the air compressor, compressor. Always use a licensed electrician.
stop it, disconnect the power, then ● Ground the air compressor.
wait for the air compressor to cool
down.

● Vtype
Air End WARNING
Electric Shock Hazard!
Discharge ● 10 minutes before servicing or wiring the air
Air Pipe compressor, disconnect the power. This will prevent
anyone from turning on the power and causing an
electric shock that could lead to severe injury or death.
● Do not allow any unlicensed person to wire the air
Heated!! compressor. Always use a licensed electrician.
● Ground the air compressor.

2
1. SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

● Built-in dryer type only

WARNING
Rotating Parts!
When the air compressor is operating, do not
remove the protective cover; otherwise you may
be drawn in the rotating parts

WARNING WARNING

Do Not Breathe Air! High Pressure Air!


Discharge air can contain Carbon Monoxide and ● High pressure air can cause severe injury or death.
other contaminants. Breathing the air can cause Be careful when air compressor is operating.
severe injury or death. Pressurized air can blow out of air relief valves
and etc. at incredibly high velocities.
● When using compressed air to clean equipment,
WARNING use extreme caution and/or wear eye protection.
● Before servicing the air compressor, stop it,
disconnect the power, and relieve pressure before
removing filter, plug, fitting or cover.

WARNING

Electric Shock Hazard!


● Before servicing or wiring the air compressor,
disconnect the power. This will prevent anyone
from turning on the power and causing an electric
shock that could lead to severe injury or death.
Do not allow any unlicensed person to wire the air Hot Surface!
● compressor. Always use a licensed electrician. ● Do not directly touch the air end, discharge air
Ground the air compressor. pipe,and coolers when the air compressor is
operating and immediately after it has stopped,
because these parts are heated then.
CAUTION ● Before servicing the air compressor (especially when
accessing to the heated parts), stop it, disconnect
the power, and wait until it is cooled down.

WARNING

Precaution against Fire!


● Keep any other hazardous materials such as
flammable solvents away from the air compressor.
Also do not use fire nearby it; otherwise a spark
may enter the air compressor and burn it internally.
● Do not remove any protective relay’ s. Also do not Rotating Parts!
make a modification of the control circuit that may
result in impairing the protective relay s function. ● Keep hands and rods, etc. away from the rotating
Remember that the loss of the protective relay s parts (Cooling fans, etc.)
function may cause serious damage. ● Use caution at all times, when air compressor is
● Install an earth leakage circuit breaker between powered. The air compressor may be capable of
the air compressor and the power supply. Do not restarting without hitting the START button.
use a disconnector such as a knife switch ● When the air compressor is operating, do not
because it cannot protect the air compressor and remove or open the enclosure panels and doors.
may cause burnout of the air end if a ground fault ● Before servicing the air compressor, stop it,
has occurred. disconnect the power, especially when accessing
any rotating parts.

3
1. SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

Water-Cooled DSP-37/55WN
DSP-37/55VWN
WARNING
Rotating Parts!
● Keep your hands and
rods etc. away from the
rotating parts (pulleys,
belts, couplings,
cooling fans, etc.).
●Do not start the air
compressor without
you returning the belt

WARNING c ov er to its original


place.

Hot Surface!
Do not directly touch the air V pulley
end, discharge air pipe, check
valve, and aftercooler header
when the air compressor is
operating and immediately Rotating V belt
after it has stopped, because Direction
these parts are heated then. of
V-Belts
M sheave
Discharge
Heated!! Air Pipe

Aftercooler Check valve


header

WARNING
Hot Surface!
● Do not directly touch any component
inside the air compressor enclosure
when the air compressor is operating
or immediately after it has stopped,
as the components are extremely hot
and can cause severe injury.
● Before servicing the air compressor,
stop it, disconnect the power, then
wait for the air compressor to cool
down.

Air End

Discharge
Air Pipe

Heated!!

● Fixed speed type ● Vtype

WARNING WARNING
Electric Shock Hazard! Electric Shock Hazard!
● Before servicing or wiring the air compressor, ● 10 minutes before servicing or wiring the air
disconnect the power. This will prevent anyone compressor, disconnect the power. This will prevent
from turning on the power and causing an electric anyone from turning on the power and causing an
shock that could lead to severe injury or death. electric shock that could lead to severe injury or death.
● Do not allow any unlicensed person to wire the air ● Do not allow any unlicensed person to wire the air
compressor. Always use a licensed electrician. compressor. Always use a licensed electrician.
● Ground the air compressor. ● Ground the air compressor.

4
1. SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

WARNING
Rotating Parts!
When the air compressor is operating, do not
remove the protective cover; otherwise you may
be drawn in the rotating parts

WARNING WARNING

Do Not Breathe Air! High Pressure Air!


Discharge air can contain Carbon Monoxide and ● High pressure air can cause severe injury or death.
other contaminants. Breathing the air can cause Be careful when air compressor is operating.
severe injury or death. Pressurized air can blow out of air relief valves
and etc. at incredibly high velocities.
● When using compressed air to clean equipment,
WARNING use extreme caution and/or wear eye protection.
● Before servicing the air compressor, stop it,
disconnect the power, and relieve pressure before
removing filter, plug, fitting or cover.

WARNING

Electric Shock Hazard!


● Before servicing or wiring the air compressor,
disconnect the power. This will prevent anyone
from turning on the power and causing an electric
shock that could lead to severe injury or death.
Do not allow any unlicensed person to wire the air Hot Surface!
● compressor. Always use a licensed electrician. ● Do not directly touch the air end, discharge air
Ground the air compressor. pipe,and coolers when the air compressor is
operating and immediately after it has stopped,
because these parts are heated then.
CAUTION ● Before servicing the air compressor (especially when
accessing to the heated parts), stop it, disconnect
the power, and wait until it is cooled down.

WARNING

Precaution against Fire!


● Keep any other hazardous materials such as
flammable solvents away from the air compressor.
Also do not use fire nearby it; otherwise a spark
may enter the air compressor and burn it internally.
● Do not remove any protective relay’ s. Also do not Rotating Parts!
make a modification of the control circuit that may
result in impairing the protective relay s function. ● Keep hands and rods, etc. away from the rotating
Remember that the loss of the protective relay s parts (Cooling fans, etc.)
function may cause serious damage. ● Use caution at all times, when air compressor is
● Install an earth leakage circuit breaker between powered. The air compressor may be capable of
the air compressor and the power supply. Do not restarting without hitting the START button.
use a disconnector such as a knife switch ● When the air compressor is operating, do not
because it cannot protect the air compressor and remove or open the enclosure panels and doors.
may cause burnout of the air end if a ground fault ● Before servicing the air compressor, stop it,
has occurred. disconnect the power, especially when accessing
any rotating parts.

5
2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION
2.1 Appearance
This section illustrates and describes the major components of the DSP air compressor. Be familiar with the name,
location and function of each component before using the DSP air compressor.

Air-Cooled DSP-37/55AN
DSP-37/55VAN
[Front View]

Air Exhaust Air Intake Instrument Panel


Air Exhaust
(Air Compressor Package) See page pp. 14-15,
This panel discharges chapter 3, for details.
the hot air generated
in the air compressor.
Plate of Operating/
Servicing Instructions
Enclosure
Read carefully the
Enclosure panels
lower the sound level plate before operating
of the air compressor and servicing the DSP.
package.

Oil Filling Port


Compressed Air Discharge
Use the port to fill the
Air Intake gear case with oil.

Oil Level Gauge


This indicates the Maintenance Door
quantity of the oil in Open the left door only
the gear case. Check when servicing the
the oil level before DSP air compressor.
starting the DSP and Keep it closed when
when operating it. operating the DSP air
compressor.

Air Intake
(Air for Package) Air Intake
Coolant Filling Port
[Rear View] Use the port to fill the
coolant reservoir with
coolant.
Coolant Filling Port Air Exhaust
Use the port to fill the
coolant cooler with
OMR
coolant.
See page 95 for the
details
Air Intake
(air compressor)
Coolant Level Gauge

Sling Fitting
Air Intake Use the sling fitting
(Air compresser Package) when moving and
installing the DSP air
Power Supply Port compressor.
Check the
specifications, power
supply and voltage External Pressure
before connecting the
Detecting Port
power supply. Air Intake
Air Intake Connect with
secondary side of
Compressor Air Discharge automatic valve after
discharge.
6
2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION [Appearance]

Air-Cooled DSP-37/55ARN
DSP-37/55VARN
Dryer air outlet
[Built-in dryer type]
[Front View]
Instrument Panel
Air Exhaust Air Exhaust See page pp. 14-15,
(Air Compressor Package) Air Exhaust chapter 3, for details.
This panel discharges
the hot air generated
in the air compressor. Plate of Operating/
Servicing Instructions
Enclosure Read carefully the
plate before operating
Enclosure panels
lower the sound level and servicing the DSP.
of the air compressor
package.
Oil Filling Port
Use the port to fill the
Compressed Air Discharge gear case with oil.

Sling Fitting
Oil Level Gauge Use the sling fitting
This indicates the when moving and
quantity of the oil in installing the DSP air
the gear case. Check compressor.
the oil level before
starting the DSP and
when operating it. Maintenance Door
Open the left door only
when servicing the
Air Intake DSP air compressor.
(Air for Package) Keep it closed when
operating the DSP air
compressor.

[Rear View]
Air Exhaust
Coolant Filling Port
Use the port to fill the
Dryer air inlet Air Exhaust coolant cooler with
coolant.

OMR
See page 95 for the
Air Intake details
(Air compresser Package)

Air Intake Coolant Filling Port


Use the port to fill the
Power Supply Port coolant reservoir with
coolant.
Check the
specifications, power
supply and voltage
before connecting the
Coolant Level Gauge
power supply.

Compressed Air Discharge

Drain Trap
Air Intake Air Intake
Automatically drain the
condensate. (air compressor)

7
2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION [Appearance]

Water-Cooled DSP-37/55WN
DSP-37/55VWN
[Front View]

Air Exhaust Instrument Panel


Air Exhaust
(Air Compressor Package) See page pp. 14-15,
This panel discharges chapter 3, for details.
the hot air generated
in the air compressor.

Plate of Operating/
Enclosure Servicing Instructions
Enclosure panels Read carefully the
lower the sound level plate before operating
of the air compressor
and servicing the DSP.
package.

Compressed Air Discharge Oil Filling Port


Use the port to fill the
Air Intake gear case with oil.

Oil Level Gauge


This indicates the Maintenance Door
quantity of the oil in Open the left door only
the gear case. Check when servicing the
the oil level before DSP air compressor.
starting the DSP and Keep it closed when
when operating it. operating the DSP air
compressor.

Air Intake
(Air for Package) Air Intake

Air Intake

[Rear View]
Air Exhaust OMR
See page 95 for the
details

Air Intake Sling Fitting


(Air compresser Package)
Use the sling fitting
when moving and
installing the DSP air
compressor.

External Pressure
Detecting Port
Power Supply Port
Connect with
Check the secondary side of
specifications, power automatic valve after
supply and voltage discharge.
before connecting the
power supply. Air Intake
Compressed Air Discharge

8
2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION [Components]

2.2 Components
Air-Cooled DSP-37/55AN
DSP-37/55VAN
[Front View] Cooling fan Enclosure
Cooler

Precooler

Instrument panel

Oil mist remover


(OMR)

Control panel

Air intake filter

Coolant Pump

Airend Common base

Main motor
Oil level gauge

[Rear View]

Oil filter

V-Belt

Air relief valve Check valve

Discharge pipe Dryer


(Compressed air discharge)

9
2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION [Components]

Air-Cooled DSP-37/55ARN
DSP-37/55VARN
[Built-in dryer type]
[Front View] Discharge pipe Dryer
Dryer
(Compressed air discharge) Enclosure
Cooling fan

Cooler

Precooler

Instrument panel

Oil mist remover


(OMR)

Control panel

Air intake filter

Coolant Pump

Common base
Airend

Main motor
Oil level gauge

[Rear View]

Oil filter

V-Belt

Check valve

Air relief valve

10
2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION [Components]

Water-Cooled DSP-37/55WN
DSP-37/55VWN

[Front View] Cooling fan


Enclosure

Oil mist remover


(OMR)
Instrument panel

Precooler

Control panel

Air intake filter

Aftercooler

Airend Common base

Main motor
Oil level gauge

[Rear View]

Oil filter

V-Belt

Check valve

Discharge pipe Dryer Air relief valve


(Compressed air discharge)
Oil cooler

11
2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION [Daily Operating Components]

2.3 Daily Operating Components

1 Controls on the Instrument Panel 2 Check of Lubricating Oil Level


● Indicates the operation control section. ● Verify that the oil stays between the upper and
( For more information, see the instructions on lower red lines of the oil level gauge during the
page 14.) operation.
● Power ON → The Power light ON.   Oil level might be higher than upper line during air compressor
stopping due to oil returning from the cooler and pipings.
● Start: Press the START button. → Start light ON.
● Stop: Press the UNLOAD STOP button. →
The compressor unloads 5 minutes and then
stops. → Start light OFF.
(In the case of an emergency, press the STOP
button to stop operation.)
Oil filling
● Power OFF: → Power light OFF. port plug

運転管理 運転状況
RUNNING CONTROL RUNNING MODE
自 動
AUTO

モニタ 警 報 遠 方 電 源
REMOTE
MONITOR
POWER
ALARM
メニュー 負 荷
[× 10h] LOAD
MENU
機 能 リセット 起動待ち
FUNC RESET 故 障 AUTO START
+/− SHUTDOWN
UP/ 
DOWN
表示切替/
遠 方 ワイドモード ドライヤ 運 転 停 止
REMOTE SELECT/WIDE DRYER START STOP
記 憶
設 定 STR 1 2
SET

MONITOR

Oil level
アンロード停止
gauge

3 Coolant Level Gauge 4 Coolant and Oil


① Verify that the coolant stays between the upper H ① Coolant: Always use the Hitachi DSP Coolant.
and lower L marks of the coolant level gauge. Replace the coolant with new two yearly.

② When adding the coolant, use either of the two ② Use the following lubricating oil for the air
coolant filling ports; one for the coolant reservoir and compressor
another for the coolant cooler. To access the former,
open the rear door of the enclosure. To access the
latter, remove the cover for the pressure cap. Manufacturer Description
Cover Coolant filling
(pressure cap) port IDEMITSU DAPHNE NEW ROTARY
Pressure cap
Coolant KOSAN COMPRESSOR OIL A
Reservoir
COSMO OIL
COSMO SCREW 32X
LUBRICANTS
Rear Cover
SHOWA SHELL
Shell Corena S2 RJ 32
SEKIYU
JX NIPPON OIL
FAIRCOL RA32
& ENERGY

EXXON MOBIL MOBIL RARUS 424J


H

12
2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION [Daily Operating Components]

5 Aftercooler - Condensate Drain Valve Control Line Filter


6 [Fixed speed type]
● Verify that air containing condensate is discharged
intermittently from the after cooler drain ports. ● Check the sight glass on the control line filter to
The higher the temperature and humidity, the more make sure that the condensate discharged
condensate is produced. properly.

Control line filter

Aftercooler
drain port

Sight Glass
Control line filter
drain port
(fixed-speed type only)

7 Drain trap 8 Cooling Water Water-Cooled

① Keep the pet cock of drain trap “Crack open” and ① Stop the cooling water flow when the DSP has
verify the slight amount of air is discharged. stopped running.
② Verify the condensate is discharged every day. ② Open the water relief pet cock and the water drain
valve at the water drain port to remove the cooling
③ If condensate is not discharged properly, clean the
water from the system.
drain trap. ( page 116)
③ Take care to completely drain the cooling water
during the winter season to prevent freezing in the
cooling water pipes ( For more information,
see page 87).
Ball valve

Pet cock

Water drain pet cock


Drain trap

Drain port

Water drain port


Water drain port
Cooling water discharge valve

13
3. OPERATION PROCEDURE
3.1 Instrument Panel

LCD monitor MONITOR button AUTO light (yellow) RESET button


Displays the operation Switches the monitor ON (glowing) when an Resets SHUTDOWN
data, various settings, display. automatic operation (an and ALARM screens.
shutdown/alarm informa- ( page 17) AUTO operation, a ( page 19)
tion, etc. ( page 17) scheduling operation, or
lead/lag operation) is
activated. ON (blinking)
when external calendar
or scheduling operation
is abnormal.
( page 20, 24)

自 動
AUTO

モニタ
MENU button MONITOR

Displays the menu メニュー


MENU
screen. Also used to
move the cursor. +/-
( page 22) UP/ 
DOWN

設 定
SET

MONITOR

+/- UP/DOWN button SET button Contrast adjustment REMOTE button


Moves the cursor. Saves any adjusted set SET + [△] buttons: Activates or deactivates
( page 22) points. Increases brightness. a remote start/stop
SET + [▽] buttons: operation locally or on
Decreases brightness. the instrument panel.
( page 26) ( page 32)

14
3. OPERATION PROCEDURE [Instrument Panel]

RUNNING MODE light


● POWER light (yellow): Lights up when the main
power is turned on.
● REMOTE light (green):
Digital monitor ON (glowing) when the REMOTE button is pressed
in order to activate a remote operation.
Used for basic settings as ON (blinking) when an external remote-operation-
well as other various settings activation switch has been turned on in order to
in combination with the LCD activate a remote operation. ( page 32)
● LOAD light (yellow): ON (glowing) when the air
monitor. ( page 27)
compressor is loading.
● ALARM light (green): ● AUTO START light (green):
Blinks if a alarm failure ON (glowing) while the air compressor is in a stop
occurs. ( page 19) due to an AUTO operation, lead/lag operation, or
scheduling operation.
ON (blinking) while the air compressor is in a stop
STOP button
due to a restartable instantaneous power interruption. Stops the compressor
( page 20)
immediately without unloading.
● SHUTDOWN light (red): Blinks if a shutdown failure
occurs. ( page 19) ( page 16)

EMERGENCY STOP button (Option)


運転管理 運転状況 Stops for emergency.
RUNNING CONTROL RUNNING MODE
( page 16)

R GE NC
警 報 遠 方 電 源 ME

E
REMOTE

Y
POWER
ALARM
負 荷
[× 10h] LOAD
機 能 リセット 起動待ち
FUNC RESET 故 障 AUTO START STOP
SHUTDOWN
表示切替/
遠 方 ワイドモード ドライヤ 運 転 停 止 START button
REMOTE SELECT/WIDE DRYER START STOP Starts the air compressor.
記 憶 The START light turns ON while
STR 1 2 air compressor is running.

UNLOAD STOP button


Stops the compressor in normal state.
Press this button to stop the air compressor.
The compressor stops running
The air compressor will stop after removing the after removing the condensate
condensate from the air end.
from the air end. ( page 16)
※This stop button is effective while a stand alone operation. UNLOAD STOP

SELECT/WIDE button/light (yellow) DRYER button/light (red) SELECT/WIDE button


Press to confirm the measurement Used to start/stop the dryer. When Press to confirm the
values, shutdown history, and the DRYER button is held down for measurement values, shutdown
setting status. ( page 27, 28) at least 4 seconds, the light glows history, and setting status.
To set the ECOMODE [Energy and the dryer start running. When
saving mode] (Fixed speed type the button held down again, the
only), hold down the SELECT/WIDE light turn off and dryer stops
button for at least 7 seconds. The running. When the light blinks, it
light blinks and ECOMODE is set. indicates a dryer failure.

15
3. OPERATION PROCEDURE [Start/Stop Operation]

3.2 Start/Stop Operation


3.2.1 Connecting the Power 3.2.2 Start/Stop
When the power is connected, the POWER light turns When the START button is pressed, the START light
ON and the following Hitachi logo display appears on turns on and the compressor starts operating.
the LCD. After 5 seconds, monitoring display appears; When the compressor starts running, the asterisk on
it shows operation type, discharge air pressure, total the right side of running hours blinks and running time
operating hours, etc. starts to be counted.
To stop the operation, press the UNLOAD STOP
button. Operation stops after 5-minute drying of air end
and air piping.
To stop the compressor immediately without
unloading, press the STOP button.
   Note) If the STOP button is pressed during unloading,
the compressor stops immediately.
COMPRESSOR MONITOR
CONTROLLER

IMPORTANT
5 seconds
(1) The air compressor does not start for 10 second after
㻞 㻜 㻝 㻝 䠋 㻝 㻝 䠋 㻜 㻝 㻝 㻥 䠖 㻜 㻞 power on to secure the safety.
㼀 㼅 㻼 㻱 䠖 㼂 㻿 㻰 㻭 For , if the START button is pressed within 10 to
㻰 㻵 㻿 䠊 㻼 㻾 㻱 㻿 㻿 䠖 㻜 䠊 㻢 㻜 㻹 䠬 䠽 15 seconds after power-on, the AUTO START light will
blink up to 10 seconds for operation preparation and
㻾 㼁 㻺 㻌㻴 㻻 㼁 㻾 䠖 㻝 㻞 㻞 䡄
then the compressor starts running.
㻸 㻻 㻭 㻰 㻌 㻴 㻻 㼁 㻾 䠖 㻡 㻠 䡄
㻸 㻻 㻭 㻰 㼀 㻵 㻹 㻱 㻿 䠖 㻝 㻞 㻟 (2) Make sure that the door is closed before starting the
㻸 㻻 㻭 㻰 㻾 㻭 㼀 㻱 䠖 㻝 㻝 䠂 air compressor.
㻸 㻻 㻭 㻰 㼀 㻵 㻹 㻱 䠖 㻞 㻠 䡏 (3) Buttons, such as START/STOP/RESET function shall
㼁 㻺 㻸 㻻 㻭 㻰 㻌 㼀 㻵 㻹 㻱 䠖 㻝 䡏 be pressed for more than 0.3 seconds.
㻯 㼁 㻾 㻾 㻱 㻺 㼀 䠖 㻡 㻜 䠝
㻲 㻾 㻱 㻽 㼁 㻱 㻺 㻯 㼅 䠖 㻜 㻜 㻚 㻜 䠤 䡖
㻻 㼁 㼀 㻼 㼁 㼀 䠖 㻖 㻖 㻚 㻖 䡇 䠳
3.2.3 Emergency Stop (Option)
※ The asterisk blinks when the clock and total running Pressing EMERGENCY STOP button, the DSP
hours are active. compressor immediately stops.
This switch should only be pressed in emergency.
If phase is reversed, “Connection Error: Reverse The compressor can not be restarted until the switch is
Phase” will be displayed on the LCD monitor as a manually reset.
setting/connection check message. In this case, Turn the switch knob clockwise and press the RESET
exchange 2 out of the 3 main power cables. If the air button to reset.
compressor has control transformer in the control
panel, Open Phase is indicated as Reverse Phase. So
check the power cable connection of T Phase.
In case of open phase, “Connection Error: Open
Phase” will be displayed on the LCD monitor. In this
case, check the power cables.

16
3. OPERATION PROCEDURE [How to Use the Liquid Crystal Display (LCD)]

3.3 How to Use the Liquid Crystal Display (LCD)


3.3.1 How to Move between the Various Displays
■ Monitoring Displays ■ Menu Displays
There are three monitoring displays as shown Follow the bottom line message on the display.
below. This monitoring display is the top screen
The monitoring display switches ever y time the
MONITOR button is pressed.

■ Monitor Screen ( page 18) ■ Menu Screen ( page 22)


Monitor display 1 ■ Function Menu display
㻞 㻜 㻝 㻝 䠋 㻝 㻝 䠋 㻜 㻝 㻝 㻥 䠖 㻜 㻞
㼀 㼅 㻼 㻱 䠖 㼂 㻿 㻰 㻭
㼇 㻲 㼁 㻺 㻯 㼀 㻵 㻻 㻺 㻹 㻱 㻺 㼁 㼉
㻰 㻵 㻿 䠊 㻼 㻾 㻱 㻿 㻿 䠖 㻜 䠊 㻢 㻜 㻹 䠬 䠽 メニュー
MENU
㻾 㼁 㻺 㻌㻴 㻻 㼁 㻾 䠖 㻝 㻞 㻞 䡄 㻝 䠊 㻮 㻭 㻿 㻵 㻯 㻌
㻿 㻱 㼀 㼁 㻼
㻸 㻻 㻭 㻰 㻌 㻴 㻻 㼁 㻾 䠖 㻡 㻠 䡄 㻞 䠊 㻹 㼁 㻸 㼀 㻵 㻙
㼁 㻺 㻵 㼀
㻸 㻻 㻭 㻰 㼀 㻵 㻹 㻱 㻿 䠖 㻝 㻞 㻟 㻟 䠊 㻯 㻭 㻼 㻭 㻯 㻵
㼀 㼅 㻯 㻻 㻺 㼀 㻾 㻻 㻸
㻸 㻻 㻭 㻰 㻾 㻭 㼀 㻱 䠖 㻝 㻝 䠂 㻠 䠊 㻿 㻯 㻴 㻱 㻰 㼁
㻸 㻱
㻸 㻻 㻭 㻰 㼀 㻵 㻹 㻱 䠖 㻞 㻠 䡏 㻡 䠊 㻻 㻼 㻱 㻾 㻭 㼀
㻵 㻻 㻺 㻰 㻭 㼀 㻭
㼁 㻺 㻸 㻻 㻭 㻰 㻌 㼀 㻵 㻹 㻱 䠖 㻝 䡏 モニタ 㻢 䠊 㻸 㻻 㻭 㻰 㻰
㻭 㼀 㻭
MONITOR 㻣 䠊 㻭 㻸 㻭 㻾 㻹 㻴 㻵 㻿 㼀 㻻 㻾 㼅
㻯 㼁 㻾 㻾 㻱 㻺 㼀 䠖 㻡 㻜 䠝
㻲 㻾 㻱 㻽 㼁 㻱 㻺 㻯 㼅 䠖 㻞 㻟 㻚 㻤 䠤 䡖 㻤 䠊 㻿 㻴 㼁 㼀 㻰 㻻 㼃 㻺 㻴 㻵 㻿 㼀 㻻 㻾 㼅
㻻 㼁 㼀 㻼 㼁 㼀 䠖 㻖 㻖 㻚 㻖 䡇 䠳

㻿 㻱 㼀 䠖 㻻 㻼 㻱 㻺 㻹 㻻 㻺 䠖 㻮 㻭 㻯 㻷

モニタ
Monitor display 2 MONITOR

㻞 㻜 㻝 㻝 䠋 㻝 㻝 䠋 㻜 㻝 㻝 㻥 䠖 㻜 㻞
㻼 㻾 㻱 㻿 㻿 㼁 㻾 㻱
㻵 㻺 㼀 㻿 㼀 㻳 䠊 㻼 䠖 㻖 䠊 㻖 㻖 㻹 䠬 䠽
㻻 㻵 㻸 㻌 㻼 㻾 㻱 㻿 䠖 㻜 䠊 㻜 㻜 㻹 䠬 䠽
㻯 㻸 㼀 䠊 㻼 㻾 㻱 㻿 䠖 㻜 䠊 㻜 㻜 㻹 䠬 䠽
㼀 㻱 㻹 㻼 㻱 㻾 㻭 㼀 㼁 㻾 㻱
㻰 㻵 㻿 䠊 㼀 㻱 㻹 㻼 㻝 䠖 㻖 㻖 㻖 䉝 IMPORTANT
㻰 㻵 㻿 䠊 㼀 㻱 㻹 㻼 㻞 䠖 㻖 㻖 㻖 䉝
㻻 㻵 㻸 㻌 㼀 㻱 㻹 㻼 䠖 㻌 㻞 㻡 䉝



㻺 㻰
㼀 䠊
㻌 㻿
㼀 㻱






䠊 㼀 䠊 䠖








About the LCD Backlight
㻹 㻭 㻵 㻺 㼀 㻱 㻺 㻭 㻺 㻯 㻱 (1) In the event that no button has been used for 10
㻴 㻾 䠊 㼀 㻻 㻌 㻹 㻭 㻵 㻺 㼀 䠖 㻢 㻜 㻜 㻜 䡄
㻺 㻱 㼄 㼀 㻌 㻹 㻭 㻵 㻺 㼀 䠖 㻖 㻖 㻖 㻖 minutes, the LCD backlight automatically turns OFF
for protection to the display panel. It comes ON
モニタ
MONITOR
again if any button is pressed, other than the START
and STOP buttons.
(2) If an event happens while the LCD backlight is off,
the backlight automatically turns ON and stays ON
as long as the event exists. Remote and instant stop
mode can't be set by the LCD monitor. Set after
■ Message Screen ( page 19) referring to “3.4 How to Use the Digital Monitor.”
Monitor display 3 ( page 27)
㻞 㻜 㻝 㻝 䠋 㻜 㻝 䠋 㻝 㻝 㻝 㻥 䠖 㻝 㻥 㻖
㼀 㼅 㻼 㻱 䠖 㼂 㻿 㻰 㻭 㼀 㼁
㻰 㻵 㻿 䠊 㻼 㻾 㻱 㻿 㻿 䠖 㻜 䠊 㻠 㻢 㻹 䠬 䠽

䠘 㻿 㻴 㼁 㼀 㻰 㻻 㼃 㻺 䠚 ■ Message Display
㻯 㻻 㻻 㻸 㻭 㻺 㼀 䠖
㻻 㻵 㻸 䠖 Automatic restart/stop messages after shutdown or
㻞 䠪 㻰 㻌 㻿 㼁 㻯 㼀 䠊 㼀 㻱 㻹 㻼







㼀 㻭
㻌㻰



㻿

䠊 㼀 㻱 㻹
㻾 㻌㻱 㻾
㻼 䠖
㻾 䠖
warning occurrence and inspection/maintenance
モニタ
MONITOR












㻭 㻰 䠖
㻵 㻺 㼀 㻿 㼀 㻳 㻌 㻼 䠊
messages is preferentially displayed in the Monitor
㻰 㻾 㼅 㻱 㻾 㻌㻌㻌㻌 㼃 䠋 㻻 㻌 㻿 㻱 㻼 䠊
㻱 㻸 㻱 㻹 㻱 㻺 㼀 Display 3.
㻼 㼞 㼑 㼟 㼟 㻾 㻱 㻿 㻌 㼍 㼒 㼠 㼑 㼞 㻌 㻯 㻴 㻷 䠊
By pressing the MONITOR button here, the display
can be switched but is back to the Monitor Display 3
after approximately 10 seconds.

17
3. OPERATION PROCEDURE [How to Use the Liquid Crystal Display (LCD)]

3.3.2 Monitoring Displays

■ Monitor Displays during Normal Operation

Monitor Display 1
VSDA * SAVE
㻞 㻜 㻝 㻝 䠋 㻜 㻝 䠋 㻝 㻝 㻝 㻥 䠖 㻜 㻞 㻖 (1)
㼀 㼅 㻼 㻱 䠖 㼂 㻿 㻰 㻭 (2)
㻰 㻵 㻿 䠊 㻼 㻾 㻱 㻿 㻿 䠖 㻜 䠊 㻜 㻜 㻹 䠬 䠽 (3)
Indicates ECOMODE is activated for
㻾 㼁 㻺 㻌㻴 㻻 㼁 㻾 䠖 㻝 㻞 㻞 䡄 㻖 fixed speed type.
㻸 㻻 㻭 㻰 㻌 㻴 㻻 㼁 㻾 䠖 㻡 㻠 䡄 (4) ( page 34)
㻸 㻻 㻭 㻰 㼀 㻵 㻹 㻱 㻿 䠖 㻝 㻞 㻟
㻸 㻻 㻭 㻰 㻾 㻭 㼀 㻱 䠖 㻝 㻝 䠂
㻸 㻻 㻭 㻰 㼀 㻵 㻹 㻱 䠖 㻞 㻠 䡏 (5)
㼁 㻺 㻸 㻻 㻭 㻰 㻌 㼀 㻵 㻹 㻱 䠖 㻝 䡏
㻯 㼁 㻾 㻾 㻱 㻺 㼀 䠖 㻥 㻞 䠝 (6)
㻲 㻾 㻱 㻽 㼁 㻱 㻺 㻯 㼅 䠖 㻟 㻜 㻚 㻡 䠤 䡖 (7)
㻻 㼁 㼀 㻼 㼁 㼀 䠖 㻖 㻖 㻚 㻖 䡇 䠳 (8) Displayed when stop is limited for AUTO
㻹 㻭 㻿 㼀 㻱 㻾 (9) operation (Standard: no symbol)

Monitor Display 2
INTE : Indicates fixed speed type used the standard, 2-step
㻞 㻜 㻝 㻝 䠋 㻝 㻝 䠋 㻜 㻝 㻝 㻥 䠖 㻜 㻞 䠆 control system.
㻼 㻾 㻱 㻿 㻿 㼁 㻾 㻱
㻵 㻺 㼀 㻿 㼀 㻳 䠊 㻼 䠖 㻖 䠊 㻖 㻖 㻹 䠬 䠽 AUTO : Indicates fixed speed type used the automatic motor
㻻 㻵 㻸 㻌 㻼 㻾 㻱 㻿 䠖 㻜 䠊 㻝 㻡 㻹 䠬 䠽 stop/restart capacity control system.
㻯 㻸 㼀 䠊 㻼 㻾 㻱 㻿 䠖 㻜 䠊 㻞 㻝 㻹 䠬 䠽
㼀 㻱 㻹 㻼 㻱 㻾 㻭 㼀 㼁 㻾 㻱
(*OPTION)
㻰 㻵 㻿 䠊 㼀 㻱 㻹 㻼 㻝 䠖 㻟 㻠 㻜 䉝 (10)
VSDB : Indicates Vtype without the AUTO capacity control.
㻰 㻵 㻿 䠊 㼀 㻱 㻹 㻼 㻞 䠖 㻖 㻖 㻖 䉝
㻻 㻵 㻸 㻌 㼀 㻱 㻹 㻼 䠖 㻌 㻡 㻡 䉝
VSDA : Indicates Vtype with the AUTO capacity control
㻯 㻸 㼀 䠊 㼀 㻱 㻹 㻼 䠖 㻌 㻠 㻞 䉝
㻞 㻺 㻰 㻌 㻿 㼁 㻯 㼀 䠊 㼀 䠊 䠖 㻖 㻖 㻖 䉝 (standard setting for Vtype).
㻹 㻭 㻵 㻺 㼀 㻱 㻺 㻭 㻺 㻯 㻱
㻴 㻾 䠊 㼀 㻻 㻌 㻹 㻭 㻵 㻺 㼀 䠖 㻜 㻜 㻜 㻜 䡄
EXIT : Indicated the external capacity control is used.
(11)
㻺 㻱 㼄 㼀 㻌 㻹 㻭 㻵 㻺 㼀 䠖 㻖 㻖 㻖 㻖
MR : Indicates multi unit control system through the
communication is used

IMPORTANT

“CURRENT” reading is an approximate S-phase Amp


reading.
“OUTPUT” reading is an approximate calculated power
reading.

(1) Indicates current time. An asterisk blinks. (6) Indicates the amperage current of the package
input (CURRENT).
(2) Indicates the control state.
(7) Indicates the operating frequency of the main
(3) Indicates a discharge pressure (DIS.PRESS)
motor (FREQUENCY).
(4) Indicates total running hours (RUN HOUR), total
(8) Indicates “***” for this air compressor.
loaded hours (LOAD HOUR), and total number of
loads (LOAD TIMES). (9) Indicates (MASTER), when the air compressor is
Blinking asterisk means counting the running master in lead-lag operation.
hours.
(10) Indicates each pressure and temperature. “***”
(5) Indicates a percentage of load to unload of the DSP indicates not in use.
air compressor (LOAD RATE).
(11) Indicates the number of hours until the next
For Vtype, the rate is calculated based on only
maintenance ser vice (HR. TO MAINT), and the
frequency. Indicates “***”, if PQ wide mode is
next maintenance type (NEXT MAINT).
selected.

18
3. OPERATION PROCEDURE [How to Use the Liquid Crystal Display (LCD)]

3.3.3 Message Displays


■ Shutdown Messages
① When the shutdown occurs for the compressor, the SHUTDOWN light and shutdown contents on the LCD
monitor (contents are displays on the left side and details are displayed on the right side) blink and the
compressor stops running. There are 2 types of screens for shutdown: SHUTDOWN and FAILURE.

㻞 㻜 㻝 㻝 䠋 㻜 㻝 䠋 㻝 㻝 㻝 㻥 䠖 㻝 㻥 㻖 㻞 㻜 㻝 㻝 䠋 㻜 㻝 䠋 㻝 㻝 㻝 㻥 䠖 㻝 㻥 㻖
㼀 㼅 㻼 㻱 䠖 㼂 㻿 㻰 㻭 㼀 㼁 㼀 㼅 㻼 㻱 䠖 㼂 㻿 㻰 㻭 㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌
㻰 㻵 㻿 䠊 㻼 㻾 㻱 㻿 㻿 䠖 㻜 䠊 㻠 㻢 㻹 䠬 䠽 㻰 㻵 㻿 䠊 㻼 㻾 㻱 㻿 㻿 䠖 㻜 䠊 㻠 㻢 㻹 䠬 䠽

䠘 㻿 㻴 㼁 㼀 㻰 㻻 㼃 㻺 䠚 䠘 㻲 㻭 㻵 㻸 㼁 㻾 㻱 䠚
㻯 㻻 㻻 㻸 㻭 㻺 㼀 䠖
㻻 㻵 㻸 䠖
㻞 䠪 㻰 㻌 㻿 㼁 㻯 㼀 䠊 㼀 㻱 㻹 㻼 㻌 㻿 㼅 㻿 㼀 㻱 㻹 㻱 㻾 㻾 䠖
㻴 㻵 㻳 㻴 㻌㻰 㻵 㻿 䠊 㼀 㻱 㻹 㻼 䠖 㻿 㼅 㻿 㼀 㻱 㻹 㻌 㻾 㻱 㼀 㻾 㼅
㻯 㻻 㻺 㼀 㻭 㻯 㼀 㻻 㻾 㻌㻱 㻾 㻾 䠖 㻼 㻯 㻮 㻌 㻱 㻾 㻾 䠖
㻻 㼂 㻱 㻾 㻸 㻻 㻭 㻰 䠖 㻹 㻭 㻵 㻺 㻼 㻾 㻱 㻿 㻿 䠊 㻿 㻺 㻿 㻾 㻌 㻱 㻾 㻾 䠖
㻸 㻻 㼃 㻌 㼃 䠊 㻵 㻺 㼀 㻿 㼀 㻳 㻌 㻼 䠊 㼀 㻱 㻹 㻼 䠊 㻿 㻺 㻿 㻾 㻱 㻾 㻾 䠖 㻝
㻰 㻾 㼅 㻱 㻾 㻌㻌㻌㻌 㼃 䠋 㻻 㻌 㻿 㻱 㻼 䠊 㻰 䡅 㼟 㼏 㼛 㼚 㼚 㼑 㼏 㼠 㼜 㼛 㼣 㼑 㼞
㻱 㻸 㻱 㻹 㻱 㻺 㼀 㼟 㼚 㼐 㼏 㼛 㼚 㼠 㼍 㼏 㼠
㻼 㼞 㼑 㼟 㼟 㻾 㻱 㻿 㻌 㼍 㼒 㼠 㼑 㼞 㻌 㻯 㻴 㻷 䠊 㼐 㼕 㼟 㼠 㼞 䡅 㼎 㼡 㼠 㼛 㼞

(Example) (Example)
When the air compressor stops running with blinking When the air compressor stops running with blinking FAILURE
SHUTDOWN and OVERLOAD, it indicates the thermal relay and TEMP.SNSR ERR, the temperature sensor 1 is
trip by overload. disconnected

② Take the proper corrective action, and press the RESET button.
For further information, see pages 38 and 39.
NOTE) SHUTDOWN of DRYER is available for only built-in dryer types. SHUTDOWN of LOW W., INTSTG P., W/O
SEP. and ELEMEMT is not available.

■ Alarm Messages
① When the alarm occurs for the air compressor occurs for the compressor, the ALARM light and contents / details
displayed on alarm screen on the LCD monitor blink and operation continues. There are 2 types of alarm
screens: ALARM and PROBLEM.

㻞 㻜 㻝 㻝 䠋 㻜 㻝 䠋 㻝 㻝 㻝 㻥 䠖 㻝 㻥 㻖 㻞 㻜 㻝 㻝 䠋 㻜 㻝 䠋 㻝 㻝 㻝 㻥 䠖 㻝 㻥 㻖
㼀 㼅 㻼 㻱 䠖 㼂 㻿 㻰 㻭 㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌 㼀 㼅 㻼 㻱 䠖 㼂 㻿 㻰 㻭 㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌
㻰 㻵 㻿 䠊 㻼 㻾 㻱 㻿 㻿 䠖 㻜 䠊 㻠 㻢 㻹 䠬 䠽 㻰 㻵 㻿 䠊 㻼 㻾 㻱 㻿 㻿 䠖 㻜 䠊 㻠 㻢 㻹 䠬 䠽

䠘 㻭 㻸 㻭 㻾 㻹 䠚 䠘 㻼 㻾 㻻 㻮 㻸 㻱 㻹 䠚
㻰 㻵 㻿 䠊 㼀 㻱 㻹 㻼 䠖 䠄 㻌 㻌 㻌 䠅 㻖 㻖 㻖 䉝
㻻 㻵 㻸 㻌 㼀 㻱 㻹 㻼 䠖 㻖 㻖 㻖 䉝 㻯 㻻 㻺 㻺 㻱 㻯 㼀 㻵 㻻 㻺 㻌 㻱 㻾 㻾 䠖 㻌 㻌 㻌
㻸 㻻 㼃 㻌 㻻 䠊 㻼 䠊 䠖 㻖 䠊 㻖 㻖 㻹 㻼 㼍 㻾 㼑 㼏 㼛 㼚 㼚 㼑 㼏 㼠 㻌 㼜 㼛 㼣 㼑 㼞 䠊
㻯 㻸 㼀 䠊 㼀 㻱 㻹 㻼 䠊 䠖 㻖 㻖 㻖 䉝 㻹 㼁 㻸 㼀 䠥 㻙 㼁 㻿 㻱 㼀 㻱 㻾 㻾
㻸 㻻 㼃 㻌 㻯 㻸 㼀 䠊 㻼
㻖 䠊 䠖 㻖 㻖 㻹 㻼 㼍 㻿 㻯 㻴 㻱 㻰 㼁 㻸 㻱 㻌 㻿 㻱 㼀 㻌 㻱 㻾 㻾
㻞 䠪 㻰 㻙 㻿 䠊 㼀 㻱 㻹
㻲 㻵 㻼 㻌 㻺 㻙 㼀 㻯 㻻 㻹 䠊 㻱 㻾 㻾 㻌 㻿 㼀 㻻 㻼 䠖 㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌
㻸 㻻 㼃 㻌 㼃 䠊 㻸 㻻 㼃 㻌 㻻 㻵 㻸 㻯 㻻 㻹 䠊 㻱 㻾 㻾 㻌 㻭 㻸 㻹 䠖 㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌
㻰 㻾 㼅 㻱 㻾 㻭 㻵 㻾 㻌㻲 㻵 㻸 㼀 㻱 㻾 㻮 㻭 㼀 㼀 㻱 㻾 㼅 㻌㻻 㼁 㼀
㻸 䠊 㻯 㻻 㼁 㻺 㼀 㻌 㻻 㼂 㻱 㻾 㻌 㼃 䠋 㻻 㻌 㻿 䠊
㻼 㼞 㼑 㼟 䡏 㻾 㻱 㻿 㼍 㼒 㼠 㼑 㼞 㻌 㻯 㻴 㻷 䠊 㻼 㼞 㼑 㼟 㼟 㻾 㻱 㻿 㼍 㼒 㼠 㼑 㼞 㻯 㻴 㻷 䠊

(Example) (Example)
When the ALARM and AIR FILTER blink, it indicates air When the PROBLEM and BATTERY OUT blink, it indicates
intake filter clogs. the battery replacement period.

② Take the proper corrective action, and press the RESET button.
For further information, see pages 38 and 39.
NOTE) ALARM of DRYER is available for only built-in dryer types. ALAEM of 2ND-S.TEMP, FIN-T, LOW-W, LOW
OIL and W/O S. are not available.

19
3. OPERATION PROCEDURE [How to Use the Liquid Crystal Display (LCD)]

■ Messages of Automatic Stop Display


When the air compressor stops automatically, the AUTO START light glows or blinks and RESTART display
appears. After the air compressor restarts, monitoring display appears again.

● SCHEDULED STOP: Schedule operation setting


<AUTO light grows>
This indicates that the air compressor has been
㻞 㻜 㻝 㻝 䠋 㻜 㻝 䠋 㻝 㻝 㻝 㻥 䠖 㻜 㻞 㻖
automatically stopped by a pre-set time.
㼀 㼅 㻼 㻱 䠖 㼂 㻿 㻰 㻭 㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌 The air compressor starts automatically when the
㻰 㻵 㻿 䠊 㻼 㻾 㻱 㻿 㻿 䠖 㻜 䠊 㻠 㻢 㻹 䠬 䠽
pre-set restart time comes.
䠘 㻾 㻱 㻿 㼀 㻭 㻾 㼀 䠚
● LEAD/LAG OPERATION STOP (option)
㻾 㻱 㻿 㼀 㻭 㻾 㼀 㻭 㼀 䠖 䠆 䠆 䠖 䠆 䠆
㻾 㻱 㻿 㼀 㻭 㻾 㼀 㼃 㻭 㻵 㼀 䠖 㻌 㻞 㻣 䡏 <AUTO light grows>
㻺 㻻 㼃 䠈 㻿 㼀 㻻 㻼 㻼 㻱 㻰 䠞 䠵 䠖 This indicates that the air compressor is waiting for
㻿 㻯 㻴 㻱 㻰 㼁 㻸 㻱 㻿 㼀 㻻 㻼
㻭 㼁 㼀 㻻 㻹 㻭 㼀 㻵 㻯 㻿 㼀 㻻 㻼
star ting as a slave unit in a two-unit-alternate
㻰 㻾 㼅 㻱 㻾 㻼 㻾 㻱 㻿 㼀 㻭 㻾 㼀 㻱 㻰 operation or a backup operation.
㻰 㼁 㻭 㻸 䠋 㻮 㻭 㻯 㻷 㼁 㻼
㻵 㻼 㻵 㻌 㻾 㻱 㻿 㼀 㻭 㻾 㼀
㻯 㼀 㻸 㻾 䠊 㻾 㻱 㼀 㻾 㼅 ● DRYER PRESTARTED (Built-in dryer type)
<AUTO light blinks>
This indicates that the dr yer has started and air
compressor is waiting for the start. The RESTART
WAIT field shows an expected waiting period until
the air compressor can start in seconds.

● AUTO OPERATION (option for fixed speed type


and standard for Vtype)
<AUTO light grows>
This indicates that the air compressor in AUTO
operation has stopped due to the low air demand and
is waiting for restarting when demand is needed.
The RESTAR T WAIT field shows an expected
waiting period until the air compressor can restart in
seconds.

● INSTANT STOP / RETRY (Retry is for only Vtype)


<AUTO light blinks>
For both fixed speed and Vtype, this indicates that
the air compressor has stopped due to an
instantaneous power inter r uption (IPI). The
RESTART WAIT field shows an expected waiting
period until the air compressor can restar t in
seconds.
For Vtype, this indicates that the air compressor has
stopped due to the variable speed drive failure and is
waiting for restart as well. The RESTART WAIT
field shows an expected waiting period until the air
compressor can restart in second.

20
3. OPERATION PROCEDURE [How to Use the Liquid Crystal Display (LCD)]

■ Maintenance Notice Messages


① Periodical maintenance
A maintenance date is determined by the amount of total operating hours or an elapsed calendar period, whichever
comes first. When the maintenance date or time arrives, the maintenance notice message appears on the display
under the heading of MESSAGE.
This function is only for the notice and is not output externally.
The consumable parts for the suction throttle valve shall be replaced this maintenance notice or L COUNT OVER
appears, whichever comes first.

㻞 㻜 㻝 㻝 䠋 㻜 㻝 䠋 㻝 㻝 㻝 㻥 䠖 㻜 㻞 㻖 0.5 year, 1.5 years,


㼀 㼅 㻼 㻱 䠖 㼂 㻿 㻰 㻭 㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌 2.5 years, 3.5 years, Half-yearly
㻰 㻵 㻿 䠊 㻼 㻾 㻱 㻿 㻿 䠖 㻜 䠊 㻠 㻢 㻹 䠬 䠽 4.5 years, 5.5 years
1 year, 5 years Yearly + half-yearly
䠘 㻹 㻱 㻿 㻿 㻭 㻳 㻱 䠚
2 years, 4 years 2-yearly + yearly + half-yearly

㻹 㻭 㻵 㻺 㼀 䠊 䠖 㻝 㼅 㻱 㻭 㻾 㻌 㻌 3 years 3-yearly + yearly + half-yearly


㻹 㻭 㻵 㻺 㼀 䠊 䠯 䠟 䠤 䠡 䠠 䠱 㻸 䠡 䠖 㻭 6 years, overhaul 6-yearly + 3-yearly + 2-yearly + yearly + half-yearly
㻼 㼞 㼑 㼟 㼟 㻿 㻱 㼀 㻌 㼍 㼒 㼠 㼑 㼞 㻌 㻯 㻴 㻷 䠊
㻹 㻭 㻵 㻺 㼀 䠊 㻯 㻻 㻹 㻼 㻸 㻱 㼀 㻱 㻰 (1)
㻿 㼃 㻵 㼀 㻯 㻴 㻱 㻰 㻌 㼀 㻻 㻌 㻸 㻻 㻯 㻭 㻸 (2)
㻵 㻺 㻌 㻻 㼂 㻱 㻾 䠮 㻵 㻰 㻱 㻹 㻻 㻰 㻱 (3) A Standard Maintenance Schedule (A) (for yearly 8,000-or-less operating hours)
㻵 㻺 㻌 㼁 㻺 㻸 㻻 㻭 㻰 㻌 㻿 㼀 㻻 㻼
㻿 㼃 㻵 㼀 㻯 㻴 㻱 㻰 㻌 㼁 㻌 㻹 㻻 㻰 㻱 B Standard Maintenance Schedule (B) (for yearly 4,000-or-less operating hours)

CAUTION
If a message of maintenance notice is displayed, carefully read it and service the air compressor as
instructed by this manual. After servicing the air compressor, press the SET button and hold it down for
more than seven (7) seconds; the MAINT. COMPLETED message appears. After one (1) minute, the
monitor display appears.

Note:
1. MAINTenance can be reset, if the servicing is done earlier than expected and if the remaining operating time to next maintenance is
less than 2,000h in the case of A, 1,000h in the case of B.
2. On the contrary, if the servicing is done after the maintenance notice has appeared, the remaining operating hours to the next
maintenance has been zero until the maintenance is done. After maintenance and resetting the counter, new counting time starts
just after the maintenance notice message has appeared on the display.

② Other Message Displays


(1) SWITCH TO LOCAL (3) IN UNLOAD STOP
If set to local by remote operation following Blinks when the UNLOAD STOP button is used.
shutdown restoration, the compressor will The air compressor unloads for 5 minutes and
automatically return to local operation in case of then stop.
a shutdown, and the message will be displayed
for 1 minute. For setting details, see "3.4 How to
Use the Digital Monitor." ( page 27)

(2) IN OVERRIDE MODE.


Indicates that the compressor is in override
mode.

21
3. OPERATION PROCEDURE [How to Use the Liquid Crystal Display (LCD)]

3.3.4 How to Move within a Menu Display and to Change a Setting


 The method and procedure for altering settings is displayed using the following as an example.

1 How to MOVE within a [FUNCTION MENU] Display


① Press the MENU button when the monitor display 1
㼇 㻲 㼁 㻺 㻯 㼀 㻵 㻻 㻺 㻹 㻱 㻺 㼁 㼉
or 2 is appeared
㻝 䠊 㻮 㻭 㻿 㻵 㻯 㻌
㻿 㻱 㼀 㼁 㻼
㻞 䠊 㻹 㼁 㻸 㼀 㻵 㻙
㼁 㻺 㻵 㼀 ② Press the △ and ▽ buttons to move to the
㻟 䠊 㻯 㻭 㻼 㻭 㻯 㻵
㼀 㼅 㻯 㻻 㻺 㼀 㻾 㻻 㻸 desired item number.
㻠 䠊 㻿 㻯 㻴 㻱 㻰 㼁
㻸 㻱
㻡 䠊 㻻 㻼 㻱 㻾 㻭 㼀
㻵 㻻 㻺 㻰 㻭 㼀 㻭 ③ Press the SET button to open the related setting
㻢 䠊 㻸 㻻 㻭 㻰 㻰
㻭 㼀 㻭
㻣 䠊 㻭 㻸 㻭 㻾 㻹 㻴 㻵 㻿 㼀 㻻 㻾 㼅 display.
㻤 䠊 㻿 㻴 㼁 㼀 㻰 㻻 㼃 㻺 㻴 㻵 㻿 㼀 㻻 㻾 㼅
The following explanation uses [MULTI-U SETTING
display] as an example.
㻿 㻱 㼀 䠖 㻻 㻼 㻱 㻺 㻹 㻻 㻺 䠖 㻮 㻭 㻯 㻷

2 How to Select or Change a Setting within a Setting Display


① Press the △ and ▽ buttons to move to the
㼇 㻹 㼁 㻸 㼀 㻵 㻙 㼁 㻌 㻿 㻱 㼀 㼀 㻵 㻺 㻳 㼉
desired item number.
㻝 㻹 㻻 㻰 㻱 䠖 㻌 㻿 㻺 㻳 㻸
㻞 䠊 㻰 㼁 㻭 㻸 㻌 㼀 㻵 㻹 㻱 䠖 㻌 㻤 䠊 㻜 㼔
㻟 䠊 㻹 㻱 㼀 㻴 㻻 㻰 䠖 㻻 㼂 㻾 㻾 㻸 㻭 㻼
㻠 䠊 㻿 㼃 㻵 㼀 㻯 㻴 㻻 㼂 㻱 㻾 䠖 㻜 㻝 㻡 㼟 IMPORTANT
㻡 䠊 㻮 㻭 㻯 㻷 㼁 㻼 䠖 㻜 䠊 㻜 㻡 㻹 䠬 䠽
㻢 䠊 㼁 㻺 㻸 㻻 㻭 㻰 䠖 㻜 䠊 㻜 㻞 㻹 䠬 䠽 Item number with a dash “-“ cannot be selected on LCD
㻣 㻭 㻸 㼀 䠊 㼀 㻵 㻹 㻱 䠖 㻌 㻠 㻤 㻜 㻹 㻵 㻺 monitor. It can be selected from digital monitor. See 3.4
㻤 㻯 㻻 㻺 㼀 㻾 㻻 㻸 㻹 㻻 㻰 㻱 䠖 㻮 How to Use the Digital Monitor for the detail.

㻿 㻱 㼀 䠖 㻿 㼀 㻻 㻾 㻱 㻌 㻹 㻻 㻺 䠖 㻮 㻭 㻯 㻷 ② Press the button to move to the desired


setting field.

③ Press the △ and ▽ buttons until the
㻝 㻹 㻻 㻰 㻱 䠖 㻿 㻺 㻳 㻸
㻞 䠊 㻰 㼁 㻭 㻸 㻌 㼀 㻵 㻹 㻱 䠖 㻌 㻤 䠊 㻜 㼔 desired setting appears.
㻟 䠊 㻹 㻱 㼀 㻴 㻻 㻰 䠖 㻻 㼂 㻾 㻾 㻸 㻭 㻼
㻠 䠊 㻿 㼃 㻵 㼀 㻯 㻴 㻻 㼂 㻱 㻾 䠖 㻜 㻝 㻡 㼟 ④ Press the SET button to return to the item number.
⑤ Press the SET button again to return to the item

number 1. This saves the changed setting.
㻝 㻹 㻻 㻰 㻱 䠖 㻿 㻺 㻳 㻸
㻞 䠊 㻰 㼁 㻭 㻸 㻌 㼀 㻵 㻹 㻱 䠖 㻌 㻤 䠊 㻜 㼔 Press the MONITOR button to retur n to the
㻟 䠊 㻹 㻱 㼀 㻴 㻻 㻰 䠖 㻻 㼂 㻾 㻾 㻸 㻭 㻼 [FUNCTION MENU] display. Press the MONITOR
㻠 䠊 㻿 㼃 㻵 㼀 㻯 㻴 㻻 㼂 㻱 㻾 䠖 㻜 㻝 㻡 㼟
button again to view the monitoring display.

㻝 㻹 㻻 㻰 㻱 䠖 㻿 㻺 㻳 㻸
㻞 䠊 㻰 㼁 㻭 㻸 㻌 㼀 㻵 㻹 㻱 䠖 㻌 㻡 䠊 㻜 㼔
㻟 䠊 㻹 㻱 㼀 㻴 㻻 㻰 䠖 㻻 㼂 㻾 㻾 㻸 㻭 㻼
㻠 䠊 㻿 㼃 㻵 㼀 㻯 㻴 㻻 㼂 㻱 㻾 䠖 㻜 㻝 㻡 㼟


㻝 㻹 㻻 㻰 㻱 䠖 㻿 㻺 㻳 㻸 㻝 㻹 㻻 㻰 㻱 䠖 㻿 㻺 㻳 㻸
㻞 䠊 㻰 㼁 㻭 㻸 㻌 㼀 㻵 㻹 㻱 䠖 㻌 㻡 䠊 㻜 㼔 㻞 䠊 㻰 㼁 㻭 㻸 㻌 㼀 㻵 㻹 㻱 䠖 㻌 㻡 䠊 㻜 㼔
㻟 䠊 㻹 㻱 㼀 㻴 㻻 㻰 䠖 㻻 㼂 㻾 㻾 㻸 㻭 㻼 㻟 䠊 㻹 㻱 㼀 㻴 㻻 㻰 䠖 㻻 㼂 㻾 㻾 㻸 㻭 㻼
㻠 䠊 㻿 㼃 㻵 㼀 㻯 㻴 㻻 㼂 㻱 㻾 䠖 㻜 㻝 㻡 㼟 ⑤ 㻠 䠊 㻿 㼃 㻵 㼀 㻯 㻴 㻻 㼂 㻱 㻾 䠖 㻜 㻝 㻡 㼟

22
3. OPERATION PROCEDURE [How to Use the Liquid Crystal Display (LCD)]

3.3.5 [FUNCTION MENU] - Setting Displays

1 Model Setting Confirmation


This display contains software version (VER.), air compressor
㼇 㻮 㻭 㻿 㻵 㻯 㻿 㻱 㼀 㼁 㻼 㼉 series (SERIES NAME), cooling method (COOLING
㼂 㻱 㻾 䠊 䠖 㻣 䠊 㻤 㻞 䠊 㻮 ①
㻿 㻱 㻾 㻵 㻱 㻿 㻺 㻭 㻹 㻱 䠖 㻰 㻿 㻼 ② METHOD), number of air compression stages (NO. OF
㻯 㻻 㻻 㻸 㻵 㻺 㻳 㻹 㻱 㼀 㻴 㻻 㻰 䠖 㻭 㻵 㻾 ③ STAGE), action against instantaneous power interruption
㻺 㻻 䠊 㻻 㻲 㻿 㼀 㻭 㻳 㻱 䠖 㻿 㻺 㻳㻌 㻸 ④
㻼 㻙 㻿 㻼 㻱 㻯 䠖 㻜 䠊 㻣 㻜 㻹 㻼 䠽 ⑤ (IPI) and etc. “**” means the setting that is not required.
㻼 䠊 㻰 㻭 㼀 㻭 䠖 㻜 䠊 㻠 㻣 㻹 㻼 䠽 ⑥ ① Indicates board software version.
䠟 䠰 䠖 㻝 㻡 㻜 䠝 ⑦ ② Indicates compressor type.
㻯 㻸 㼀 䠊 㻰 㻱 㻸 㻭 㼅 䠖 㻌 㻡 㼟 ⑧
㻵 㻼 㻵 䠖 㻵 㻵 㻵 ⑨ ③ Displays cooling type.
㻭 㻰 㻾 㻱 㻿 㻿 㻺 㻻 䠊 䠖 㻌 㻝 ⑩ ④ Displays the number of compressor stages.
⑤ Displays pressure specification.
㻹 㻻 㻺 䠖 㻮 㻭 㻯 㻷 ⑥ Displays interstage pressure.
⑦ Indicates CT setting value.
⑧ Displays water failure detection conditions for water
IMPORTANT
cooled compressor.
When contacting the local Hitachi distributor, inform this ⑨ Displays status of instantaneous power interruption
information as a based setting status. (IPI) restart setting.
⑩ Displays compressor number. (Must be distinguished
by number is using communication function.)

2 Operation Mode Setting


Confirm the settings by lead/lag and multi unit SNGL Operates a air compressor independently
control (option). These options need wiring Operates by multi roller EX of exclusive use for NEXT
series using communication function.
modification. Item number with a dash “-“ cannot be STPR
By this setting RS485 communication port is effective.
selected on LCD monitor. The setting of air compressor number is required.
Operates two air compressors alternately according to
DUAL
a time schedule. The AUTO light comes ON (glowing).
㼇 㻹 㼁 㻸 㼀 㻵 㻙 㼁 㻌 㻿 㻱 㼀 㼀 㻵 㻺 㻳 㼉
Operates two air compressors according to a preset
back up pressure. Starts the back up slave unit when
㻝 㻹 㻻 㻰 㻱 䠖 㻌 㻿 㻺 㻳 㻸 BKUP
the pressure has dropped to the desired preset back up
㻞 䠊 㻰 㼁 㻭 㻸 㻌 㼀 㻵 㻹 㻱 䠖 㻌 㻤 䠊 㻜 㼔
pressure. The AUTO light comes ON (glowing)
㻟 䠊 㻹 㻱 㼀 㻴 㻻 㻰 䠖 㻻 㼂 㻾 㻾 㻸 㻭 㻼
㻠 䠊 㻿 㼃 㻵 㼀 㻯 㻴 㻻 㼂 㻱 㻾 䠖 㻜 㻝 㻡 㼟
Slave unit starts, master/slave units overlap in operation
㻡 䠊 㻮 㻭 㻯 㻷 㼁 㻼 䠖 㻜 䠊 㻜 㻡 㻹 䠬 䠽 OVERLAP
㻢 䠊 㼁 㻺 㻸 㻻 㻭 㻰 䠖 㻜 䠊 㻜 㻞 㻹 䠬 䠽 for a preset period, and then master unit stops.
㻣 㻭 㻸 㼀 䠊 㼀 㻵 㻹 㻱 䠖 㻌 㻠 㻤 㻜 㻹 㻵 㻺 Master unit stops, a non-operating interval passes, and
INTERVAL
㻤 㻯 㻻 㻺 㼀 㻾 㻻 㻸 㻹 㻻 㻰 㻱 䠖 㻮 then slave unit starts.

5. BACKUP: Pressure to star t a backup unit in a


㻿 㻱 㼀 䠖 㻿 㼀 㻻 㻾 㻱 㻌 㻹 㻻 㻺 䠖 㻮 㻭 㻯 㻷 backup operation (cut-in (load) pressure – α)
1- MODE: Operation mode set on the digital monitor. 6. UNLOAD: Pressure to unload both the units in a
backup operation (cut-out (unload) pressure – α)
IMPORTANT
7- ALT. TIME: Displays time remaining until switch for
If using the backup function, switch to the digital
dual / backup operation. Time is not counted down
monitor for setting.
when operating 2 units for backup operation. When
2. DUAL TIME: Alternate operation hours of lead/ operation is stopped, remaining time is maintained.
lag operation.(Setting range : 0.1 to 99.9 hours;
8- CONTROL MODE: Control mode A or B for Vtype
initial value: 8.0) ( See page 18). “**” is indicated in fixed speed
3. METHOD: Switching method (overlap or interval) type.
of lead/lag operation.
IMPORTANT
4. SWITCHOVER: Switching-over or overlapping
period of lead/lag operation. (Setting range : 5 to The settings can be memorized while the air compressor
is stopped.
300 seconds; initial value: 15)

23
3. OPERATION PROCEDURE [How to Use the Liquid Crystal Display (LCD)]

3 Capacity control
This function sets the pressures and times for capacity 8. TIME: ⑥ Can set the time to use pressure setting 2.
control. Two different combinations (P1 and P2) of When set the value properly, ② is indicated in “ S-A”. If
pressures can be used. Item number with dot “ . ” can the start and stop time is set at same value, pressure
be select from LCD monitor. Item number with a dash “ setting 2 is not in use and ② is indicated in S-1. And
- “ can be selected from digital monitor. See 3.4 How pressure setting 1 and 2 can be change by external
to Use the Digital Monitor for the detail. switch. Set the F018 on digital monitor “2”. Refer to
page 29 and 34 for more detail.
① ② ③

㼇 㻯 㻻 㻺 㼀 㻾 㻻 㻸 㻿 㻱 㼀 㼀 㻵 㻺 㻳 㼉 IMPORTANT
㻝 䠊 㼀 㼅 㻼 㻱 䠖 㼂 㻭 㻿 㻙 㻝 㻺 㼁 㻸
㻞 䠊 䠬 㻸 㻻 㻿 㻿 䠖 㻖 䠊 㻖 㻖 㻹 䠬 䠽 The settings can be memorized while the air compressor
㻟 䠊 䠬 㻵 㻯 㻭 䠖 㻖 㻖 㻖 㻖 㻖 䠊 㻖 䡉 㻟 is stopped.
䠄 㻯 㻻 㻺 㼀 㻾 㻻 㻸 䠋 㻯 㼁 㼀 㻙 㻵 㻺 㻕
㻠 㻼 㻝 䠖 㻜 䠊 㻣 㻜 䠋 㻜 䠊 㻢 㻜 㻹 䠬 䠽
㻡 㻼 㻞 䠖 㻜 䠊 㻣 㻜 䠋 㻜 䠊 㻢 㻜 㻹 䠬 䠽
䠄 㼀 㻭 㻾 㻳 㻱 㼀 㻌 㻼 㻝 䠋 㻼 㻞 㻕 ④
㻢 㼀 㻭 㻾 㻳 㻱 㼀 䠖 4 Scheduled Operation
㻜 䠊 㻢 㻤 䠋 㻜 䠊 㻢 㻤 㻹 䠬 䠽
㻣 㼀
㻵 㻹 㻱 㻌 㻸 㻵 㻹 㻵 㼀 䠖 㻜 㻟 㻜 㼟 ⑤ Allows a standard daily scheduling operation.
䠄 㻼 㻞 㻱 㻲 㻲 㻱 㻯 㼀 㻵 㼂 㻱 㻕
㻤 䠊 㼀 㻵 㻹 㻱 䠖 㻝 㻤 䠖 㻜 㻜 㻞 㻞 䠖 㻜 㻜 ⑥
㻿 㻱 㼀 䠖 㻿 㼀 㻻 㻾 㻱 㻌 㻹 㻻 㻺 䠖 㻮 㻭 㻯 㻷 㼇 㻿 㻯 㻴 㻱 㻰 㼁 㻸 㻱 㻌 㻿 㻱 㼀 㼀 㻵 㻺 㻳 㼉
㻝 㻥 䠖 㻜 㻣
1. Type: Indicates the setting data for capacity control 㻝 䠊 㻹 㻻 㻰 㻱 䠖 㻿 㻯 㻴 㻱 㻰 㼁 㻸 㻱
① Type of capacity control (Cannot be changed from LCD 㻿 㼀 㻭 㻾 㼀 㻿 㼀 㻻 㻼
䠄 㻝 䠅 㻜 㻣 䠖 㻜 㻜 㻌 㼅 㻞 㻜 䠖 㻜 㻜 㻌 㼅
monitor) 䠄 㻞 䠅 㻜 㻜 䠖 㻜 㻜 㻌 㻺 㻜 㻜 䠖 㻜 㻜 㻌 㻺
Fixed speed type 䠄 㻟 䠅 㻜 㻜 䠖 㻜 㻜 㻌 㻺 㻜 㻜 䠖 㻜 㻜 㻌 㻺
䠄 㻠 䠅 㻜 㻜 䠖 㻜 㻜 㻌 㻺 㻜 㻜 䠖 㻜 㻜 㻌 㻺
I: Indicates the standard, 2-step control. 䠄 㻡 䠅 㻜 㻜 䠖 㻜 㻜 㻌 㻺 㻜 㻜 䠖 㻜 㻜 㻌 㻺
IP: Indicates the optional motor stop/restar t
㻞 䠊 㻾 㻱 㻯 㻻 㻾 㻰 㻝 䠖 㻝 㻜 䠖 㻜 㻜
capacity control to “I”. 㻟 䠊 㻾 㻱 㻯 㻻 㻾 㻰 㻞 䠖 㻝 㻥 䠖 㻜 㻜
Vtype
㻿 㻱 㼀 䠖 㻿 㼀 㻻 㻾 㻱 㻌 㻹 㻻 㻺 䠖 㻮 㻭 㻯 㻷
VA: Indicates motor stop/restart capacity control is
This illustration indicates a scheduling operation from 7:00 to
effective. 20:00. TIME field indicates a current time of 19:07.
VB: Indicates motor stop/restart capacity control is
canceled. 1. MODE:
② Pressure setting (Cannot be changed from LCD
OFF Operates without a schedule.
monitor)
S-1: Indicates pressure setting 1 Schedule Operates according to a daily 24- hour calendar.

S-2: Indicates pressure setting 2


(1) to (5) : Five Start/Stop Time Patterns
EXT: Indicates external pressure setting
・ START : Starting Time
S-A : Indicates pressure setting switches by set time
・ STOP : Stopping Time
on ⑥.
・ Y or N : Yes starts or stops as scheduled.
③ Option condition and setting.
NUL: Indicates no option.
IMPORTANT
2. - 3. OPTION: Used for options.
When the schedule is selected, the AUTO light comes ON
4. - 6. Pressure Setting: ④ Indicates cut-in, cut-out (glowing) if the time setting is valid and ON (blinking) if
and target pressure setting 1 and 2 can be confirmed. the time setting is invalid. The settings can be memorized
Target means target pressure for ECOMODE while the air compressor is stopped.

7. TIME LIMIT (Fixed speed type only)


2.-3. RECORD1, 2 : This function allows for the
⑤ Indicates the time limit of load/unload one-cycle
capability to record data over a desired time in a day.
time for ECOMODE. Load/unload one-cycle time
To view the recorded data, refer to “5. Operation data
must be 30 second or more. See page 34 for more
display” on the next page.
detail of ECOMODE.

24
3. OPERATION PROCEDURE [How to Use the Liquid Crystal Display (LCD)]

5 Operation Data Display 7 Alarm History

㼇 㻻 㻼 㻱 㻾 㻭 㼀 㻵 㻻 㻺 㻰 㻭 㼀 㻭 㼉 㼇 㻭 㻸 㻭 㻾 㻹 㻴 㻵 㻿 㼀 㻻 㻾 㼅 㼉

㻝 䠊 㻝 㻝 䠋 㻜 㻝 㻝 㻜 䠖 㻜 㻜 㻝 䠊 㼍 㼍 㼍 㼍 㼍 㼍 㼍 㼍 㼍 㼍 㼍 㼍 㼍
㻯 㻻 㻰 㻱 䠖 㻞 㻝 㻸 㻺 㻻 㻿 䠊 䠖 㻌 㻝 ①
㻼 䠖 㻜 㻠 㻢 䚸 㻖 㻖 㻖 䚸 㻜 㻝 㻢 䚸 㻜 㻞 㻝
㻜 㻣 䠋 㻜 㻤 䠋 㻜 㻝 㻝 㻥 䠖 㻞 㻢
㻯 䠖 㻞 㻜 㻜
㻞 䠊 㻖 㻖 㻖 㻖 㻖 㻖 㻖 㻖 㻖 㻖 㻖 㻖 㻖
㼀 䠖 㻟 㻠 㻜 䚸 㻝 㻤 㻜 䚸 㻡 㻜 䚸 㻠 㻞 䚸 㻖 㻖
㻯 㻻 㻰 㻱 䠖 㻖 㻖 㻖 㻺 㻻 㻿 䠊 䠖 㻖 㻖
㻸 䠖 㻡 㻥 䚸 㻖 㻖 㻖 㻌
㻖 㻖 䠋 㻖 㻖 䠋 㻖 㻖 㻖 㻖 䠖 㻖 㻖
㻞 䠊 㼍 㼍 䠋 㼎 㼎 㼏 㼏 䠖 㼐 㼐 㻟 䠊 㻖 㻖 㻖 㻖 㻖 㻖 㻖 㻖 㻖 㻖 㻖 㻖 㻖
㻼 䠖 㻖 㻖 㻖 䚸 㻖 㻖 㻖 䚸 㻖 㻖 㻖 䚸 㻖 㻖 㻖 㻯 㻻 㻰 㻱 䠖 㻖 㻖 㻖 㻺 㻻 㻿 䠊 䠖 㻖 㻖
㻯 䠖 㻖 㻖 㻖 㻖 㻖 䠋 㻖 㻖 䠋 㻖 㻖 㻖 㻖 䠖 㻖 㻖
㼀 䠖 㻖 㻖 㻖 䚸 㻖 㻖 㻖 䚸 㻖 㻖 䚸 㻖 㻖 䚸 㻖 㻖
㻸 䠖 㻌 㻣 㻡 䚸 㻖 㻖 㻖 㻖 㻖
㻹 㻻 㻺 䠖 㻮 㻭 㻯 㻷
㻹 㻻 㻺 䠖 㻮 㻭 㻯 㻷

Data can be recorded for a maximum of twelve (12) This display shows a maximum of 6 alarms and
times. The 13th recorded data is automatically deleted displays the following information as such: type of
and the 1st recorded data is added. The most recent alarm, the number of times, and the date and time. If
data is arranged at the top of the display. If a change to the same alarm occurs in a short period of time, the
these settings is desired, the sampled data before the older data is deleted and the more recent data is stored,
settings change will be left as is and the new recorded and alarm NOS. is updated. The most recent data is
data will applied after the change. arranged at the top of the display. Press the △ or
Press the △ or ▽ button to move within the display. ▽ button to move within the display.
1. and 2. : Indicates the MONTH / DAY HOUR: MINUTE.
① Indicates operating condition.
P - Represents a pressure (MPa) and indicates from
L: When loading, U: When unloading, S: When Stopped
left to right: Discharge air pressure, ***, Oil
pressure, Coolant pressure
C - Represents an amperage current (A) 8 Shutdown History
T - Represents a temperature (℃) and indicates from left
to right: 1st stage discharge air temperature, ***, 㼇 㻲 㼁 㻺 㻯 㼀 㻵 㻻 㻺 㻹 㻱 㻺 㼁 㼉

oil temperature, coolant temperature, ***. 㻝









㻿







㻿



㼀 㼁 㻼
㻵 㼀

L - Represents a load ratio percentage (%) 㻟






㻿
















㻯 㻻 㻺 㼀 㻾 㻻 㻸
㻱 㼀 㻭 㻵 㻸 㻿 㼉
㻡 䠊 㻻 㻼 㻱 㻾 㻭 㻝㻵
㼀 䠊
㻻 㻺 㻰 㻭 㼍㼀 㻭㼍 㼍 㼍 㼍 㼍 㼍 㼍 㼍 㼍 㼍 㼍 㼍
Unavailable fields are filled with asterisks. 㻢 䠊 㻸 㻻 㻭 㻰 㻰㻭 㻰
㼀 㻭㻵 㻿 䠊 㻼 㻾 㻱 㻿 䠖 㻜 䠊 㻢 㻡 㻹 䠬 䠽
㻣 䠊 㻭 㻸 㻭 㻾 㻹 㻴 㻵㻵 㻿㻺 㼀 㼀㻻 㻿㻾 㼀
㼅 㻳 䠊 㻼 䠖 㻖 䠊 㻖 㻖 㻹 䠬 䠽
㻤 䠊 㻿 㻴 㼁 㼀 㻰 㻻 㼃 㻺 㻴 㻵 㻿 㼀 㻻 㻾 㼅
㻻 㻵 㻸 㻼 㻾 㻱 㻿 䠖 㻜 䠊 㻝 㻢 㻹 䠬 䠽

6 Load Data Display


㻯 㻸 㼀 䠊 㻼 㻾 㻱 㻿 䠖 㻜 䠊 㻞 㻝 㻹 䠬 䠽
㻰 㻵 㻿 䠊 㼀 㻱 㻹 㻼 䠊 㻝 䠖 㻟 㻠 㻜 䉝
㻿 㻱 㼀 䠖 㻻 㻼 㻱 㻺 㻰
㻹 㻻㻵 㻺 㻿 䠖 䠊㻮 㼀
㻭 㻯㻱 㻷㻹 㻼 䠊 㻞 䠖 㻖 㻖 㻖 䉝
㻻 㻵 㻸 㼀 㻱 㻹 㻼 䠖 㻌 㻡 㻜 䉝
㻯 㻸 㼀 䠊 㼀 㻱 㻹 㻼 䠖 㻌 㻠 㻞 䉝
㼇 㻸 㻻 㻭 㻰 㻰 㻭 㼀 㻭 㼉 㻞 㻺 㻰 㻿 㼁 㻯 㼀 䠊 㼀 䠖 㻌 㻖 㻖 䉝
㻯 㼁 㻾 㻾 㻱 㻺 㼀 䠖 㻞 㻜 㻜 㻭

㻝 䠊 㻜 㻤 䠋 㻜 㻝 㻹 㻻 㻺 䠖 㻮 㻭 㻯 㻷
㻭 㼂 㻳 䠊 㻼 㻾 㻱 㻿 㻿 䠖 㻜 䠊 㻡 㻞 㻹 䠬 䠽
㻭 㼂 㻳 䠊 㻯 㼁 㻾 㻾 㻱 㻺 㼀 䠖 㻜 㻠 㻜 䠝
㻭 㼂 㻳 䠊 㻸 㻻 㻭 㻰 㻾 㻭 㼀 㻱 䠖 㻜 㻢 㻡 䠂 This display shows a maximum of 6 shutdowns and
㻭 㼂 㻳 䠊 㻼 䠫 䠳 䠡 䠮 䠖 㻖 㻖 㻖 㻚 㻖 㼗 㼃 displays the following information as such: type of
㻞 䠊 㻜 㻝 䠋 㻜 㻝
㻭 㼂 㻳 䠊 㻼 㻾 㻱 㻿 㻿 䠖 㻜 䠊 㻡 㻞 㻹 䠬 䠽 shutdown, the number of times the air compressor has
㻭 㼂 㻳 䠊 㻯 㼁 㻾 㻾 㻱 㻺 㼀 䠖 㻜 㻠 㻜 䠝
㻭 㼂 㻳 䠊 㻸 㻻 㻭 㻰 㻾 㻭 㼀 㻱 䠖 㻜 㻢 㻡 䠂
shutdown, and the date and time of the shutdown. The
㻭 㼂 㻳 䠊 㻼 䠫 䠳 䠡 䠮 䠖 㻖 㻖 㻖 㻚 㻖 㼗 㼃 shutdown history display also shows the operation data
㻹 㻻 㻺 䠖 㻮 㻭 㻯 㻷 (pressure, temperature, current) sampled at the time of
shutdown.
This display shows the averaged load data per day. Data
To view the operation data sampled when the shutdown
can be recorded for a maximum of 6 days; the 7th day
occurred; in the shutdown history display, move to the
of averaged load data is automatically deleted and the
item number of the targeted shutdown to view. Press
1st or most recent averaged data is added. The most
the SET button to open the [DETAILS] display.
recent data is arranged at the top of the display. Press
● How to clear the all alarm and shutdown histories.
the △ or ▽ button to move within the display.
Set the F041 on digital monitor “1”. See page 29 and
Data is averaged from start to stop every day. If 24h
34 for more detail.
operation is done, data is averaged at AM0:00.
25
3. OPERATION PROCEDURE [How to Use the Liquid Crystal Display (LCD)]

3.3.6. Other Settings


Initial Setting 3-Language Display Switch
The calendar and clock are set by Hitachi prior to The language of the display can be switched to
delivery. To reset the calendar and clock, contact the Japanese, English or Chinese by the dip switch on
local Hitachi distributor. the back of the LCD monitor board. If the language
needs to be changed, consult with the local Hitachi
distributor.
Brightness Adjusting
Adjust the LCD brightness as follows:
Bit 1 2 3 4-8
To brighten:
Japanese OFF OFF OFF
Hold down the SET button and press the
English ON OFF OFF
MONITOR button. Not
Chinese OFF ON OFF
To darken: used
Setting for United States ON OFF ON
Hold down the SET button and press the
Test mode ON ON OFF
FUNCTION button.
Power must be turned off before setting.

Digital Monitor Operation Classification


The following is a table of contents that can be set by
the LCD monitor and digital monitor (next section).
LCD monitor Digital monitor
Function Item Remarks
operation (F mode)
MULTI-U SETTING MODE - ○ F000 Dual, backup, etc
display DUAL TIME ○
METHOD ○
SWITCHOVER ○
-
BACKUP ○ Differential pressure
UNLOAD ○ Differential pressure
ALT.TIME △ (automatic change)
CONTROL MODE ○ (Factory set) V type only
CONTROL SETTING TYPE (left) - ○ F019 Example: I type (load/unload type)
display TYPE (center) ○ F018 Example: Setting 1
TYPE (right) ○ Option (not supported)
P-LOSS ○ - Option (not supported)
PI-CA ○ Option (not supported)
P1 ○ F022 - Setting 1, Setting 2
P2 ○ F022 - Setting 1, Setting 2
-
TARGET - Prohibited to change
TIME LIMIT ○ (Factory set) Energy saving mode decision time
TIME ○
SCHEDULE SETTING MODE ○ Function switching
display -
START/STOP ○
RECORD 1, 2 ○ Operation data measurement
Other settings Air compressor No. ○ F001
IPI ○ F002 -
Remote operation ○ F005 -
Dryer operation ○ F008 -
-
AUTO operation ○ F011 -
ECOMODE ○ Display switch button operation
Reset Shutdown/Alarm ○ Reset button operation
Load count ○ Remote + display switch button
Maintenance ○ - Set button 7 sec. ON
Shutdwon/Alarm history - ○ F041

26
3. OPERATION PROCEDURE [How to Use the Digital Monitor]

3.4 How to Use the Digital Monitor


3.4.1 How to Display Operation Status, Shutdown History, and Status of Various Settings
All display contents of the digital monitor are linked with the LCD monitor. All of the following display contents can
be confirmed by the LCD monitor.
Use the following operations to display the contents of other operation/setting status on the LCD monitor and
readily confirm operation status and setting status by the digital monitor.

(1) How to Display the Operation Status When the power is turned on, discharge pressure is displayed
on the screen of the digital monitor. Use the following
P: Discharge pressure (MPa)
procedure to switch the digital monitor to other display.
SELECT/WIDE 1 Press ① Press the SELECT/WIDE button. Operation time is
Blinks when operation time is added. displayed on the screen.
Total running hour (×10)
② Press the SELECT/WIDE button. Interstage pressure is
displayed on the screen with “b.”
SELECT/WIDE 1 b: Not in use (display only)
Press once to go to ③ Press the SELECT/WIDE button. 1st-stage air end outlet
the next item.
2 C: Air end outlet temp (℃) temperature is displayed on the screen with “C.”
(360℃)
Press once to go to ④ Press the SELECT/WIDE button. Load rate is displayed on
the previous item.
L: Vtype: Not in use the screen with “L.”
RESET Fixed speed type: Load ratio (%)
Return to discharge ⑤ Press the SELECT/WIDE button. Load count is displayed
pressure display on the screen in units of 10,000 times with “U.”
U: Load count (×10,000 times)
⑥ Press the SELECT/WIDE button. Main motor operation
H: Vtype: Main motor operating frequency(Hz) frequency is displayed on the monitor with “H.”
Fixed speed type: Not in use(display only)
⑦ Press the SELECT/WIDE button. Operation frequency of
the fan motor is displayed on the screen with “d.”
d: Not in use (display only)

To return to one item at a time, press the 2


button. To
To shutdown history display return to discharge pressure, press the RESET button.

● If the alarm or shutdown light is blinking, the shutdown


IMPORTANT code is displayed with “E0” ( page 38, 39).
“E0” indicates the contents of the latest shutdown.
1. When other than P (Discharge pressure is ● If the alarm or shutdown light is blinking, it indicates that
displayed), it automatically returns to P in 3 minutes. the alarm or shutdown has not been reset. Check E0.XX
2. Lord ratio is a reference-calculated value.
and reset.

27
3. OPERATION PROCEDURE [How to Use the Digital Monitor]

(2) How to Display Shutdown History


Use the following procedure to display shutdown history.
Discharge pressure display [Latest shutdown] ① Press the SELECT/WIDE button 8 times. “E0.” is the
SELECT/WIDE

1 displayed with the shutdown code ( Pages 38 and 39)


Press 8 times.
“0” indicates the most recent shutdown. (The display
automatically changes to “E.0” when a shutdown or alarm
[Previous shutdown]
occurs.)
SELECT/WIDE 1 XX : Shutdown code
Press once to go to ② Press the SELECT/WIDE button. “E1.” is displayed along
the next item. with a shutdown code. “1” indicates a shutdown that
2 [Oldest shutdown]
occurred previously. Six items of data (0 to 5) are
Press once to go to
the previous item. History consists of 6 data items. recorded. “E5” indicates the oldest shutdown.
RESET
③ Press the RESET button. The screen is return to the
Return to discharge
pressure display. operation status.
Not used (display only)

IMPORTANT

Not used (display only)


If the shutdown code “XX” is “ ,” it indicates that
there is no shutdown history. Also, when anything other
than shutdown history is displayed without shutdown
To display of various settings resetting, the display is return to the latest shutdown
history in 3 minutes.

(3) How to Display Various Settings (Perform operation only when confirmation is
necessary.)
Use the following procedure to display capacity control type
Dis. pres. display and pressure setting values for confirmation.
SELECT/WIDE
No.0 : Control status
1
A : Capacity Ctrl system ① Press the SELECT/WIDE button 16 times. “0.A **” is
Press 16 times.
displayed on the screen. The content of “**” varies
No.1 : Cut-out pressure 1
070 : 0.7 MPa depending on specifications. “A” may be “L” or “U”
SELECT/WIDE 1
No.2 : Cut-in pressure 1
depending on capacity control specifications.
Press once to go to 060 : 0.6 MPa
the next item. ② Consists of items 0 - 9. Pressure setting status and
2
No.3 : Pres. diff. 1 optional pressure setting 2 can be confirmed each time the
005 : 0.05 MPa
Press once to go to SELECT/WIDE button is pressed.
the previous item. No.4 : ECOMODE
Cycle time ③ Press the RESET button. The screen is return to the
RESET 30 second
usual discharge pressure display.
Return to discharge No.5 : Cut-out pressure 2
pressure display. 070 : 0.7 MPa

No.6 : Cut-in pressure 2


060 : 0.6 MPa IMPORTANT

No.7 : Pres. diff. 2 Symbols displayed at No.0 and corresponding capacity


005 : 0.05 MPa
control type
No.8 : IPI setting A : AUTO function setting
000 : Disabled
L : Fixed speed type setting (INTE: load/unload
No.9 : Compressor No.
operation)
001 : No.1 U : Vtype setting (AUTO function canceled
For details of each type, see pages 24 and 88 - 93.
※ No.3 and 7 are not in use for Vtype.

28
3. OPERATION PROCEDURE [How to Use the Digital Monitor]

3.4.2 How to Set Control Functions

■ Various settings (instantaneous power interruption (IPI), remote operation, dryer setting,
capacity control setting, pressure setting, etc.)
Switches the display from monitor mode to setting mode (F mode).

RESET
Displays 000th item of F mode.
SELECT/WIDE 1

Hold down the RESET FUNC Switches each time FUNC is pressed.
button and press the
SELECT/WIDE button
for 3 seconds or Displays setting value.
more to change to
the F mode. Perform F000: (0: Sets Stand alone operation.)
same operation to
return.
See the F mode table for more detail.
1 Forward Use 1 2 buttons to change the value.
2 Back ( page 29, 30)

F000: (1: Sets multiple unit control.)

STR Press STR to store the setting.

Back

Setting can be changed and memorized from the digital monitor without opening the control panel.

■ F Mode table
7 segment Precision/
Function Item Range Default Remarks
display unit
0: Stand alone operation,
Multiple unit control
F000 Control setting 0-1 1 0 1: Multiple unit control
setting
(communication supported)
Instantaneous power
F002 0-1 1 0 0: Valid, 1: Invalid
interruption (IPI) setting
Instantaneous power When the IPI function is available,
interruption (IPI) Instantaneous power instantaneous power interruption is
restart setting F003 interruption (IPI) 1-5 1 sec 1 detected between 20 ms and the
detection period setting setting detection period set here, and
air compressor restarts. (see page 25).
0: REMOTE button,
Remote control switch
F005 0-3 1 0 1: Local, 2: Remote,
method
3: Selectable by external contact
Remote operation
Remote operation
setting F006 0-1 1 0 0: Pulse input, 1: Level input
method
Remote shutdown
F007 0-1 1 0 0: Invalid, 1: Valid
recovery
0: Operation, 1: Stop, 2: Link,
F008 Dryer operation type 0-3 1 2
3: Panel
Dryer operation
F009 Dryer prestart 0-1 1 0 0: Invalid, 1: Valid
setting

F010 Dryer shutdown setting 0-1 1 0 0: Shutdown, 1: Alarm

AUTO setting (*2) F011 AUTO operation enabled 0-1 1 0 0: Valid, 1: Invalid

Cut-in/Cut-out pressure 0: Combination 1, 1: Combination 2,


Capacity control F018 0-2 1 0
selection 2: Selectable by external contact
Function setting 0: Built-in sensor, 1: External contact,
F021 Pressure control system 0-2 1 0
(option) 2: Selectable by external contact

29
3. OPERATION PROCEDURE [How to Use the Digital Monitor]

7 segment Precision/
Function Item Range Default Remarks
display unit
0.70
F022 Control pressor 1 0.4 [0.5] - 0.70 0.01 MPa
(0.30)
Pressure 0.72
combination 1 F023 Cut-out pressure 1 0.42 [0.52] - 0.72 0.01 MPa
(0.32)
Rated pressure: 0.70 (0.3) MPa


0.67
F024 Cut-in pressure 1 0.38 [0.48] - 0.68 0.01 MPa
(*3) (0.27)
0.67
F025 (*2) Restart pressure 1 0.38 [0.48] - 0.68 0.01 MPa ※ Setting can be altered at any time.
(0.27)
Vtype (In the 0.3 MPa type, do not
0.70 change the setting)
F031 Control pressor 2 0.4 [0.5] - 0.70 0.01 MPa
(0.30)
Pressure 0.72
combination 2 F032 Cut-out pressure 2 0.42 [0.52] - 0.72 0.01 MPa
(0.32)

0.67
F033 Cut-in pressure 2 0.38 [0.48] - 0.68 0.01 MPa
(*3) (0.27)
0.67
F034 (*2) Restart pressure 2 0.38 [0.48] - 0.68 0.01 MPa
(0.27)
0.70
F023 Cut-out pressure 1 0.4 [0.5] - 0.70 0.01 MPa
(0.40)
Rated pressure: 0.70 (0.4) MPa

Pressure
combination 1 0.60
F024 Cut-in pressure 1 0.3 [0.4] - 0.60 0.01 MPa
※ (0.30)
(*3) 0.60
Fixed F025 (*2) Restart pressure 1 0.3 [0.4] - 0.60 0.01 MPa ※ Setting can be altered at any time.
(0.30)
speed (In the 0.4 MPa type, do not
type 0.70 change the setting)
F032 Cut-out pressure 2 0.4 [0.5] - 0.70 0.01 MPa
Pressure (0.40)
combination 2 0.60
F033 Cut-in pressure 2 0.3 [0.4] - 0.60 0.01 MPa
※ (0.30)
(*3) 0.60
F034 (*2) Restart pressure 2 0.3 [0.4] - 0.60 0.01 MPa
(0.30)

Clear shutdown history F041 (*1) Clear history data 0-1 1 0 0: Confirmed, 1: Clear history data

Note:
※ Setting of the items without ※ in remarks can be memorized while the air compressor is stopped.
*1: When set to “1”, history is cleared. After clearing, the value is automatically reset to “0”.
*2: Only the V type is equipped with AUTO function. The AUTO function is available as an option for the Fixed speed type.
*3: Refer to the below table about the Capacity control pressure setting conditions.
Do not change the setting of F items that are not specified in the table above.
The value in the [ ] is for built-in dryer type.

● Capacity control pressure setting conditions


Type Setting conditions (Example of Pressure setting 1)

Fixed-speed ① F023 shall be set F024 + 0.02 or higher, and F025 + 0.02 or higher.

① F023 shall be set F022 + 0.02 or higher.


Variable-speed
② F024 and F025 shall be set F022 or lower.
Note 2: The same setting condition is applied for Pressure Setting 2 (F031 to F034).

IMPORTANT

1. Pressure setting when minimum air receiver tank is installed ( page 49)
Vtype : Pressure differential between cut-out and cut-in shall be 0.05MPa or more, and pressure differential between cut-out
and target shall be 0.02MPa or more.
Fixed speed type : Pressure differential between cut-out and cut-in shall be 0.1MPa or more.
2. External selection of Cut-in/Cut-out pressure combination 1 or 2 is an option. (F018-2)

30
3. OPERATION PROCEDURE [How to Use the Digital Monitor]

3.4.3 Change of Pressure Setting Use the following procedure to change the pressure
setting of the capacity control system.

Pres. ① Switch the display from monitor mode to setting


setting 1 mode (F mode).

FUNC Press the button. ② Set Pressure Setting 1 in F mode.


(See page 30 for more detail of pressure setting.)
STR Press the button.
IMPORTANT

1 Chvange For operation procedure, refer to the various settings.


2
values. After entering setting values, be sure to press the
STORE button and return to the monitor mode.
Make sure to press the STORE button to memorize
the setting value.

3.4.4 Change of Capacity Control Type AUTO (automatic motor stop/restart function) can be
selected properly.

AUTO setting ① Switch the display from monitor mode to setting


mode (F mode).
FUNC Press the button.
② Set 0 (valid) or 1(invalid) while the air compressor is
stopped.
Press the button.
STR
Set AUTO OFF. Capacity control type AUTO ON AUTO OFF
(Initial value: 0) F011 0: Valid 1: Invalid
1
Change Digital monitor display 0. AXX 0. UXX
2 values.
After setting change, confirm the capacity control type
by checking the settings on the digital monitor
IMPORTANT ( page 24).
The AUTO function is available for the Fixed speed type For operations and details of capacity control, see
as an option. pages 24 and 88 - 93.

3.4.5 Restart for Instantaneous Power In item F018, pressure setting 1 and 2 can be switched.
Interruption ① This function is available for IPI between 20 ms and
the set value (F003: 1 to 5 sec).
② When IPI occurs , the air compressor stops and the
運転状況
RUNNING MODE START light turns off.

遠 方
③ After power recovers within F003 set condition, the
電 源
AUTO light blinks and the START light turns ON
REMOTE
POWER
負 荷
LOAD
起動待ち
(growing) to inform that the air compressor is
故 障 ③
SHUTDOWN
AUTO START
waiting for restarting from IPI.
ドライヤ 運 転 停 止
DRYER START STOP ④ The air compressor restarts 15 seconds after power
2
recovers.

IMPORTANT

(1) IPI means that the power voltage drops to zero (0)
instantaneously.
UNLOAD STOP (2) For the IPI time of less than 20 ms, the air compressor
continues to run.
②③ (3) For the IPI time of more than the setting, the air
compressor judges it as a power failure; the air
IPI is standard function. IPI can be canceled by F002. compressor stops but does not restart automatically.
refer to the page 29. Press the START button to restart the air compressor.

31
3. OPERATION PROCEDURE [How to Use the Digital Monitor]

3.4.6 Remote Operation Setting


The REMOTE button on the instrument panel sets
remote operation as (1). In addition, remote operation
On (1) Remote setting by instrument panel
遠 方 On (2) Remote setting fixed can be set by (2) and (3).
REMOTE
Blink (3) Remote setting by external operation button
Off Local setting (1) To change the Local or remote operation by
REMOTE button on the instrument panel

① Press the REMOTE button.


IMPORTANT ② REMOTE light turns ON (growing) to indicate the
● When F001 is set to “1:Multi unit control”, remote remote operation is effective.
operation is selected automatically and the REMOTE
light turns ON (blinking). ③ To retur n to local operation mode, press the
● Remote/ local setting change from the setting mode (F REMOTE button again. REMOTE light turns OFF
mode) can be memorized while the air compressor is to indicate the remote operation is ineffective.
stopped.
● When the remote operation is active, the air
compressor still can be stopped locally by pressing the (2) To fix the remote operation
STOP button on the instrument panel.
① Switch the display from monitor mode to setting
mode (F mode).

② Change the value of F005 to “2: Remote”. See page


Remote
control FUNC Press the button.
29.
switching
Press the button. ③ REMOTE light turns ON (growing) to indicate the
STR Set to "Remote
setting fixed."
remote operation is effective.
(Initial value: 1)

1
Alter
values.
(3) To change the Local or remote operation by
2
external contact.
(Contact the local HITACHI distributor/master
dealer or representative office.)

① Connect the external contact wiring. See page 61-80


for the detail.
② Switch the display from monitor mode to setting
mode (F mode).
③ Change the value of F005 to “3: Selectable by
external contact”. See page 29.

④ Shor t the exter nal contact to set the remote


operation.
⑤ REMOTE light turns ON (growing) to indicate the
remote operation is effective.

IMPORTANT

● Remote operation: When setting F006 is "1. Level


input",
① A remote ON/OFF signal contorols START/STOP
operations.
② Additional modification shall be required to return to
local operation mode with the remote operation reset.
Contact the local HITACHI distributor/master dealer or
representative office accordingly.

32
3. OPERATION PROCEDURE [How to Use the Digital Monitor]

3.4.7 Dryer Operation Setting


This page describes for the built-in dryer type. ■ Setting the Operation Type of Built-In Dryer
This setting can be changed while air compressor
Dryer operation setting
stops. Switch the display from monitor mode to
setting mode (F mode).
Dryer operation can be set “0: Operation (operated by
FUNC Press the button.
power ON/OFF)”, “1: Stop”, “2: Link (operated with
air compressor), and “3:Panel (operated by DRYER
STR Press the button.
button) by changing F008. (Initial value is “2”)
Set to "Panel operation."
(Initial value: 2) Without dryer
Setting mode Built-in dryer type
1
type
change
values. F008 1 0 2 3
2
Operation Continuous Link Depend on
Stop
status operation operation the panel
Dryer prestart operation setting Dryer light Off On during operation
The dryer can be started/stopped from DRYER button only
when F008 is set “3”. (The settings can be memorized
while the air compressor is stopped.)
FUNC Press the button.

■ Setting and Operation of Prestart


STR Press the button. Switch the display from monitor mode to the setting
(Initial value: 0)
Set to Valid. mode (F mode). Set F008 “2: Link (operated with
1 change
the air compressor)”, and then set F009 “1: Valid” to
2
values. activate the dryer prestart operation. After pressing
REMOTE 電 源
the START button, the dryer prestarts with START
light and DRYER light turning on (growing), AUTO
POWER

負 荷 Blinks for 3 min.


LOAD

起動待ち
during dryer START light turning on (blinking). After three (3)
故 障 AUTO START
prestart operation.
minutes, the air compressor star t with AUTO
SHUTDOWN

ドライヤ
START light turning off.
運 転 停 止
DRYER START STOP
Dryer
operation
2
light
IMPORTANT
When the dryer is operated from the
When the air compressor restart for IPI, the air compressor
instrument panel, press the DRYER
button for more than 4 seconds and starts with the built –in dryer.
confirm the dryer operation light turns on
(growing).

3.4.8 Alarm Setting at the Dryer Failure


■ Setting the mode of SHUTDWON or ALARM if a
dryer failure occurs.
Select “1: Shutdown” or “2: Alarm” on F010 .
FUNC Press the button.

STR Press the button.


CAUTION
(Initial value: 0)
Set to "Alarm." When the air compressor is controlled by the
1
external controller, such as MULTIROLLER EX
change
2
values. and DUALROLLER, F008 shall be “0: Operation
(operated by power ON/OFF)” and F009 shall
After F010 setting change to“1:Alarm”for dryer,
be “2: Invalid” to protect the dryer. Frequent

air compressor does not stop if a dryer failure
occurs. The ALARM light and DRYER light blinks, dryer start/stop with air compressor by
and dryer shutdown code appears on the LCD and external controller may cause the dryer failure.
digital monitor.

33
3. OPERATION PROCEDURE [How to Use the Digital Monitor]

3.4.9 Pressure Setting Switching Function


Two different combinations of cut-out pressure and cut-
in pressures can be used: Pressure combination 1 and
2. The Combination 1 is used as the standard daily Energy Saving Effect
Cut-out
settings. The Combination 2 is used for a limited time press.1
period where different settings may be required, and Cut-out
press.2

Line pressure
can be set for a certain time ( See 3.3.5 and 3.4.2
Cut-in
for the detail) press.1
Load Unload
Cut-in
Load light turns on (growing) during load and turns off press. 2
during unload when pressure combination 1 is Grow OFF Grow OFF Grow OFF Blink OFF
Load light
selected. Load light turns on (blinking) during load and Blink Blink

turns off during unload when pressure combination 2 is External contact (option) OFF ON

selected. ECOMODE and PQ wide mode is invalid Time


during pressure combination 2 is activated.
Exter nal selection of Cut-in/Cut-out pressure
combination 1 or 2 is an option. (F018-2). Contact the
local HITACHI distributor/master dealer or
representative office.

3.4.10 ECOMODE Function (only for Fixed speed type)


(1) Setting of ECOMODE (Energy Saving Mode)
ECOMODE is set OFF on factor y setting. See 運転管理
RUNNING CONTROL SELECT/WIDE

SELECT/WIDE button in page 9 to be activated.


This function enables a power saving operation by 警 報
1
ALARM

reducing the cut-out pressure to a preset target 機 能 リセット


ON : The light blinks.
value, based on if the load/unload cycling interval is
RESET

OFF : The light turns off.


FUNC

表示切替/
longer than the set interval. If the cycling interval 遠 方
REMOTE
ワイドモード
SELECT/WIDE

記 憶
SELECT/WIDE
time is longer than set interval, the system reduces STR 1
Press the button for 7 seconds
the cut-out pressure to a target so as to make the or more to set.
cycling interval closer to the set value. Minimum
cut-out pressure is cut-in pressure + 0.05MPa.
Minimum cycle time is 30 seconds.
Cut-out is
If the cycle time is 30 seconds or more, SELECT/ Energy Saving Effect automatically
WIDE light tur ns on (blinking) to indicate reduced.
Cut-out
ECOMODE is effective. By setting the ECOMODE pressure
Line pressure

to ON, the display’s TYPE field shows SAVE for a


Cut-in
power saving operation. ( page 18) pressure
Load Unload

(2) Caution for using ECOMODE Time

Larger than standard air receiver tank is required to Factory setting


keep the ECOMODE effective. See 5.4.4 ③. Pressure differential between cut-in and cut-out pressure: 0.1MPa
Allowable pressure differential for ECOMODE: 0.05MPa (unable to change)
Minimum cycle time: 30 seconds

34
3. OPERATION PROCEDURE [Daily Operation of Air Compressor]

3.5 Daily Operation of Air Compressor

CAUTION
● When using the air compressor, do not raise the discharge pressure excessively. Operating the air
compressor over the rated pressure can result in main motor overload, shutdown of the airend and/or
damage of parts.
● If the air relief valve has blown or a protective device has shutdown the air compressor, investigate
the cause of and take corrective action. If there are any questions or comments in taking these
actions, contact the local HITACHI distributor/master dealer or representative office.

3.5.1 Preparing the air compressor ① Connect the power.


② Check the POWER light and LCD, and verify that:
H
- the POWER light is ON, and the monitor display has

appeared.
L
③ Check the oil level gauge, and verify that:
- the oil stays around the upper or lower red lines of the oil
level gauge.

④ Check the coolant level gauge, and verify that:
運転管理
RUNNING CONTROL
運転状況
RUNNING MODE
Air-Cooled - the coolant stays between the upper H and lower L marks of
警 報 遠 方
the coolant level gauge.
REMOTE 電 源
POWER
ALARM

負 荷
LOAD

機 能
FUNC
リセット
RESET
故 障
SHUTDOWN
起動待ち
AUTO START
⑤ Close the petcock and water relief valve.
表示切替/

Water-Cooled
遠 方 ワイドモード 運 転 停 止
REMOTE SELECT/WIDE START STOP

記 憶
STR 1 2
⑥ Open the cooling water valve.

UNLOAD STOP IMPORTANT

③ Verify that the oil stays between the upper and lower red
lines of the oil level gauge while air compressor is
running. Since the oil comes back to the oil case after the
air compressor stops, the oil level during air compressor
running is lower than during air compressor stopping.

3.5.2 Starting the air compressor ① Open the discharge stop valve.
② Press the START button.
運転管理 運転状況
RUNNING CONTROL RUNNING MODE

- If the oil pressure does not rise over 0.09 MPa, the air
③④ 警 報
ALARM
遠 方
REMOTE

負 荷
電 源
POWER
compressor is shutdown.
LOAD

機 能 リセット 起動待ち


FUNC
RESET
故 障
SHUTDOWN
AUTO START

- If the coolant pressure does not rise over 0.11 MPa, the
DIS. PRESS: 0.70MPa 遠 方
表示切替/
ワイドモード 運 転 停 止
Air-Cooled
DSP is shut down.
REMOTE SELECT/WIDE START STOP

記 憶

INTSTG. P: *.**MPa STR 1 2

OIL PRESS: 0.15MPa - The compressor switches to full load operation within 15
CLT. PRESS: 0.15MPa
seconds for the Fixed speed type and within 10 seconds for
UNLOAD STOP
the V type.

See page 33 for the detail of dryer operation.
③ Check the LCD monitor, and verify that:
① - the oil pressure is 0.09 MPa or more.

Air-Cooled - the coolant pressure is 0.11 MPa or more.

④ Check the LCD for a gradual rise of the discharge


[Rear View]
air pressure, and verify that:
- the maximum discharge air pressure is less than the rated
pressure.
35
3. OPERATION PROCEDURE [Daily Operation of Air Compressor]

3.5.3 While Operating the Air Compressor


① Check the LCD monitor for operating pressures and
temperatures, and verify that:
運転管理 運転状況
自 動
AUTO
RUNNING CONTROL RUNNING MODE
- Discharge air pressure (DIS. PRESS), Oil pressure (OIL
モニタ 警 報 遠 方 電 源
MONITOR

メニュー
ALARM
REMOTE

負 荷
POWER PRES), coolant pressure (CLT PRES), discharge air
[× 10h] LOAD
MENU
機 能 リセット 起動待ち
+/-
UP/ 
DOWN
FUNC RESET

表示切替/
故 障
SHUTDOWN
AUTO START
temperature (DIS. TEMP 1), oil temperature (OIL TEMP)
遠 方 ワイドモード ドライヤ 運 転 停 止
REMOTE SELECT/WIDE DRYER START STOP

設 定
SET
記 憶
STR 1 2
and coolant temperature (CLT TEMP) stays within the
MONITOR
normal range. ( page 55)

UNLOAD STOP
② Verify that the intercooler/aftercooler condensate
㻞 㻜 㻝 㻝 䠋 㻝 㻝 䠋 㻜 㻝 㻝 㻥 䠖 㻜 㻞 drain is discharged intermittently when the air
㻼 㻾 㻱 㻿 㻿 㼁 㻾 㻱
㻵 㻺 㼀 㻿 㼀 㻳 䠊 㻼 䠖 㻖 䠊 㻖 㻖 㻹 䠬 䠽
compressor is loading.
㻻 㻵 㻸 㻌 㻼 㻾 㻱 㻿 䠖 㻜 䠊 㻝 㻡 㻹 䠬 䠽 Automatic drain Automatic drain
㻯 㻸 㼀 䠊 㻼 㻾 㻱 㻿 䠖 㻜 䠊 㻞 㻝 㻹 䠬 䠽 Model
㼀 㻱 㻹 㻼 㻱 㻾 㻭 㼀 㼁 㻾 㻱
valve: Open valve: Closed
㻰 㻵 㻿 䠊 㼀 㻱 㻹 㻼 㻝 䠖 㻟 㻠 㻜 䉝 37/55 kW 2 sec 45 sec
㻰 㻵 㻿 䠊 㼀 㻱 㻹 㻼 㻞 䠖 㻖 㻖 㻖 䉝
㻻 㻵 㻸 㻌 㼀 㻱 㻹 㻼 䠖 㻡 㻡 䉝
㻯 㻸 㼀 䠊 㼀 㻱 㻹 㻼 䠖 㻌 㻠 㻞 䉝 ③ When the air compressor r unning, verify the
㻞 㻺 㻰 㻌 㻿 㼁 㻯 㼀 䠊 㼀 䠊 䠖 㻖 㻖 㻖 䉝
㻹 㻭 㻵 㻺 㼀 㻱 㻺 㻭 㻺 㻯 㻱 condensate is discharged from drain trap for dryer.
㻴 㻾 䠊 㼀 㻻 㻌 㻹 㻭 㻵 㻺 㼀 䠖 㻜 㻜 㻜 㻜 䡄
㻺 㻱 㼄 㼀 㻌 㻹 㻭 㻵 㻺 㼀 䠖 㻖 㻖 㻖 㻖 (Discharging cycle depends on the ambient and air
compressor operating condition.) ( page 13)

④ Verify that dr yer refrigerant pressure is 0.7 to


1.2MPa, 10 minutes after air compressor running.

3.5.4 When Stopping the Air Compressor


① Press the UNLOAD STOP button to stop the air
運転管理 運転状況
RUNNING CONTROL RUNNING MODE
compressor.
The air compressor unloads for 5 minutes and stops.
警 報 遠 方
REMOTE 電 源
POWER
ALARM

負 荷
LOAD

② 機 能
FUNC
リセット
RESET
故 障
SHUTDOWN
起動待ち
AUTO START

(In the case of an emergency, press the STOP


表示切替/
遠 方 ワイドモード 運 転 停 止
REMOTE SELECT/WIDE START STOP

DIS. PRESS: 0. 00 MPa 記 憶


STR 1 2 button.)
INTERSTG P: *. ** MPa
OIL PRESS: 0. 00 MPa
CLT PRESS: 0. 00 MPa ② Check the pressure after the air compressor stops
① UNLOAD STOP
running.
- Both oil pressure and coolant pressure shall be 0 MPa.
(The pressures may be 0.01 MPa depending on operation
conditions.)

③ Check the sight glass on the control line filter to


④ confirm that drain is properly discharged. (Fixed-
speed type)
④ Close the valve on the discharge side.
[Rear View]
Water-Cooled
⑤ Close the cooling water stop valve. Open the
petcock and cooling water drain valve to drain the
③ cooling water from the air compressor. Be careful
not to damage the parts, such as coolers and casing,
by cooling water freezing.

36
3. OPERATION PROCEDURE [Daily Operation of Oil Mist Remover, Adjustment Procedure]

3.6 Daily Operation of Oil Mist Remover ② The first steps to resolve the lower suction vacuum
pressure are as following.If the unloaded discharge
3.6.1 When Setting air temperature rises and high discharge air
temperature alarm occurs,
A) Clean or replace the air intake filter.
B) Clean the suction throttle valve’s plate.
③ If the compressor cannot be shutdown to clean these
Pressure gauge (MPa) parts, turn the adjusting bolt (the suction throttle
0.25 to 0.28
bypass valve ) ounterclockwise to open and regulate
Make sure that the pressure gauge
reads as above. the discharge air temperature.
④ Replace the consumable parts in the air intake filter
and suction throttle valve with new consumable
par ts in accor dance with the appr opriate
maintenance schedule. For the detail refer to
Make sure that the
condensate is not
the section 9, Maintenance the air compressor.
collected in the
filter bowl.
If the condensate is
collected, push up
3.7.2 Regulating the Oil Pressure
the cock to drain
the condensate. The illustration below is an example of water cooler.
Make sure that the vacuum
indicator does not show a
red mark.
Condensate Drain Cock

Oil relief valve


3.6.2 When Stopped
Make sure that the vacuum indicator shows a red mark.

3.7 Adjustment Procedure


3.7.1 Adjusting the Suction Bypass Valve
(For Fixed-Speed Compressor)
Air Intake filter Suction throttle valve
Blowoff valve

① Use the oil relief valve to regulate the oil pressure.


To regulate the oil pressure, open the oil relief valve
cap, loosen the lock nut, and turn the regulating bolt
to keep the oil pressure at the specified 0.12 to
0.16MPa.
- 0.12 to 0.16 when the ambient temperature is 20
degree C or higher.
- 0.14 to 0.18 when the ambient temperature is 20
Adjusting Bolt
(Suction Bypass Valve) degree C or lower.
Don t tighten a (for V type, adjust at the maximum operating frequency.)
bolt excessively
Locknut
② Turn the regulating bolt clockwise to increase the
oil pressure and vice versa.
③ Tighten the locknut and replace the cap.
Seal washer
IMPORTANT
① When dust particles accumulate on the valve plate of
If the oil pressure is reduced to the specified or lower, the
the suction throttle valve, the suction vacuum oil pressure sensor detects it and shutdown the air
pressure may drop and eventually causing the compressor. See 4. TROUBLESHOOTING to the specified
discharge air temperature to rise. value for each type of air compressor

37
4. TROUBLESHOOTING

CAUTION
If a shutdown, alarm, problem or failure occurs, investigate the cause and take proper corrective action
before restarting. If there is any questions or comments, contact the local HITACHI distributor/master
dealer or representative office.

4.1 Protective Device


The air compressor is provided with the protective devices listed below. If shutdowns are detected by these protective
devices, remove the cause with referring to the LCD monitor indication and this manual, and then press the RESET
button to clear the shutdown indication. Depending on the type of shutdown, contact the local HITACHI distributor/
master dealer or representative office.
■ When connecting the power
LCD Indication Failure How to History Error
What and How to Detect Detector Shutdown What Actions to Take
Heading Trouble Description Light Reset code code
Reconnect the power cable tightly, check the
power supply and incoming power for loose
Reversal phase connection CPU
Detected for 3 seconds Yes connections and change the connection 01 E0.01
(Note 2) SHUTDOWN (Note 1)
after connecting the location of 2 of the 3 phases, be sure to follow Press RESET
Blinks all electrical safety procedures. See page 44. button.
power
POWER CPU Reconnect the power cord tightly, check the
Phase-lacking connection Yes 02 E0.02
(Note 1) power supply, and take a corrective remedy.
Instantaneous power Power interruption for
CPU Restart See page 41 03 E0.03
interruption 1 to 5 sec.
- -
Brief instantaneous power Power interruption for
CPU Restart See page 41 04 E0.04
interruption 1 sec or less.

■ During Operation
LCD Indication Failure How to History Error
What and How to Detect Detector Shutdown What Actions to Take
Heading Trouble Description Light Reset code code
● For working pressure of 0.70
Discharge air temperature MPa: About 398 ℃ or higher SHUTDOWN Press RESET
Thermistor Yes See page 44. 18 E0.18
[Fixed speed type] ● For working pressure of 0.40 Blinks button.
MPa: About 340 ℃ or higher
● For working pressure of 0.70
Discharge air temperature MPa: About 398 ℃ or higher SHUTDOWN Press RESET
● For working pressure of 0.30
Thermistor Yes See page 44. 18 E0.18
[Vtype] Blinks button.
MPa: About 340 ℃ or higher
SHUTDOWN Press RESET
Coolant temperature 70℃ or higher Thermistor Yes See page 44. 5A E0.5A
Blinks button.
SHUTDOWN Pressure Press RESET
Coolant pressure 0.10 MPa or lower Yes See page 44. 5D E0.5D
Blinks sensor button.
Oil temperature SHUTDOWN Press RESET
70℃ or higher Thermistor Yes See page 44. 58 E0.58
(OIL HIGH TEMP) Blinks button.
Oil pressure
SHUTDOWN Pressure Press RESET
(OIL LOW PRESS) 0.08 MPa or lower Yes See page 44. 5C E0.5C
Blinks sensor button.
[Fixed speed type]
0.08MPa or lower
Oil pressure
(operating Freq. 45Hz or higher) SHUTDOWN Pressure Press RESET
SHUTDOWN (OIL LOW PRESS) Yes See page 44. 5C E0.5C
0.04MPa or lower Blinks sensor button.
[Vtype]
(operating Freq. Less than 45Hz)
Overloading (Main motor) Detected during SHUTDOWN Thermal Press RESET
Yes See page 44. 17 E0.17
(OVERLOAD: MAIN) operation Blinks relay button.
Overloading (Fan motor) Detected during SHUTDOWN Thermal Press RESET
Yes See page 44. 53 E0.53
(OVERLOAD: SUB) operation Blinks relay button.
Answer error of 52
Detected during operation SHUTDOWN Disconnect the power. Check the 52 for Press RESET
(CONTACTOR ERR: 52) CPU Yes 51 E0.51
or Emergency stop in Y. Blinks proper operation and the wires for tightness . button.
[Fixed speed type]
Answer error of 42
Detected during operation SHUTDOWN Disconnect the power. Check the 6 and 42 for Press RESET
(CONTACTOR ERR: 52) CPU Yes 16 E0.16
or emergency stop in Δ Blinks proper operation and the wires for tightness. button.
[Fixed speed type]
When set the
[Built-in dryer type] SHUTDOWN Press RESET
SHUTDOWN for the dryer CPU Yes See page 42, 43. 19 E0.19
(DRYER) Blinks button.
failure. See page 33
Water flow Cooling water Differential
SHUTDOWN Press RESET
(LOW WATER FLOW) puressure differential pressure Yes See page 44. 44 E0.44
Blinks button.
[Water-cooled type] 0.034 MPa or lower switch

38
4. TROUBLESHOOTING [Protective Device]

■ During Operation
LCD Indication Failure How to History Error
What and How to Detect Detector Shutdown What Actions to Take
Heading Trouble Description Light Reset code code
[Vtype] Inverter trip
Failure signal from SHUTDOWN Press RESET
FAILURE Inverter tripping or main motor CPU Yes See page 44. 44 E0.44
inverter Blinks button.
overloading with automatic retrials.
Clogging of air intake filter Pressure
Pressure differential of ALARM Press RESET
differential No See page 102. 21 E0.21
(AIR FILTER) -4.98 kPa or more Blinks button.
sensor
● For working pressure of 0.70MPa:
Discharge air temperature About 388℃ or higher ALARM Automatically
Thermistor No See page 44. 25 E0.25
[Fixed speed type] ● For working pressure of 0.40MPa: Blinks reset.
About 330℃ or higher
● For working pressure of 0.70MPa:
Discharge air temperature About 388℃ or higher ALARM Automatically
Thermistor No See page 44. 25 E0.25
[Vtype] ● For working pressure of 0.30MPa: Blinks reset.
About 330℃ or higher
ALARM Automatically
Coolant temperature 63℃ or higher Thermistor No See page 44. 2A E0.2A
Blinks reset.
ALARM
ALARM Automatically
Coolant pressure 0.12 MPa or lower Thermistor No See page 44. 2D E0.2D
Blinks reset.
Oil temperature ALARM Automatically
63℃ or higher Thermistor No See page 44. 28 E0.28
(OIL TEMP) Blinks reset.
[Fixed Speed type] ALARM Pressure Automatically
0.10MPa or lower No See page 44. 2C E0.2C
Oil pressure (LOW O.P.) Blinks sensor reset.
each
[Built-in dryer type] When set the ALARM for the ALARM Press RESET
protective Yes See page 42, 43. 2E E0.2E
(DRYER) dryer failure. See page 33. Blinks button.
device
Hold down the
Load/unload cycle time over ALARM Replace consumable parts of suction REMOTE and press the
1,000,000 cycles CPU No 59 E0.59
(L COUNT OVER) Blinks throttle valve and blowoff valve. SELECT/WIDE button
for 7 seconds or more.

■ Other
LCD Indication Failure How to History Error
What and How to Detect Detector Shutdown What Actions to Take
Heading Trouble Description Light Reset code code
Battery out ALARM Disconnect the power and replace the Press RESET
Battery voltage low CPU No 64 E0.64
(BATTERY OUT) Blinks battery with a new one. See page 103. button.
Scheduling operation error Start/stop time not set ALARM Press RESET
CPU No See page 24. 62 E0.62
(SCHEDULE SET ERR) yet Blinks button.
Lead/lag operation error Wiring connection or ALARM Check the wire and the operation Press RESET
PROBLEM CPU No 61 E0.61
(MULTI-U SET ERR) setting error Blinks setting on the instrument panel. button.
RS-485 port error Wiring connection or SHUTDOWN Press RESET E0.65,
CPU Yes (Note 3) 65, 67
(COM.ERR STOP) setting error Blinks button. 67
RS-485 port error Wiring connection or ALARM Press RESET E0.63X,
CPU Yes (Note 3) 63X, 68X
(COM.ERR ALM) setting error Blinks button. 68X
[Vtype] ALARM Press RESET
Inverter error CPU Yes See page 40 13 E0.13
Control device error (SYSTEM ERR) Blinks button.
(ROM1)(RAM1) main 43 E0.43
board memory error Disconnect the power and then
PCB error SHUTDOWN Press RESET 47, 48 47, 48
CPU Retry reconnect the power. If problem is
(PCB ERR) (ROM2)(RAM2) LCD Blinks button. 41 E0.41
persists, change the PCB.
board memory error 42, 46 42, 46
Discharge pressure sensor error SHUTDOWN Press RESET
PS2 disconnected CPU Retry 34 E0.34
(PRESS.SNSR ERR 2) Blinks button.
FAILURE Coolant pressure sensor error
SHUTDOWN Disconnect the power and check the Press RESET
(PRESS.SNSR ERR 3) PS3 disconnected CPU Retry 38 E0.38
Blinks pressure sensor wire for tightness. button.
[Air-cooled type]
Oil pressure sensor error SHUTDOWN Press RESET
PS4 disconnected CPU Yes 39 E0.39
(PRESS.SNSR ERR 4) Blinks button.
Coolant temperature sensor error
SHUTDOWN Press RESET
(TEMP.SNSR ERR 1) TH1 disconnected CPU Yes Disconnect the power and check the 31 E0.31
Blinks button.
[Air-cooled type] thermistor sensor wire for tightness.
Oil temperature sensor error SHUTDOWN (Note 4) Press RESET
TH5 disconnected CPU Yes 37 E0.37
(TEMP.SNSR ERR 5) Blinks button.
Notes
(1) Depends on the specification, reverse phase relay is used.
(2) The air compressor using reverse phase relay, such as for 380-415V/50Hz, 440V/60Hz, indicates a phase-lacking connection as reversal phase.
(3) Communication error details:
Port 1(65) =Main circuit communication (Vtype), Port 3 (67)= LCD communication, Port 4 (68)= Multiple unit control communication,
Port 5 (63)= External communication
(4) If the thermistor is disconnected, override operation is not available. Contact the local HITACHI distributor/master dealer or representative
office.
(5) The phase-lucking connection indication is only for T phase. In case of R and S phase, LCD monitor is disappeared or LCD monitor indication
becomes unstable.

39
4. TROUBLESHOOTING [Protective Device]

■ How to Identify the Failure Cause of E0.13 (Inverter Error) and Check the History

① Press the SELECT/WIDE button 14 times. "E6."


Discharge pressure display and "E7." are shutdown history of Inverter.
SELECT/WIDE
Inverter
1
shutdown history ② Press the RESET button. The indication on digital
Press 14 times.
a monitor returns to discharge pressure display.

SELECT/WIDE
IMPORTANT
1

Press once to go to
the next item.
RESET 1. If the shutdown code “XX” is “ ,” it indicates that
Not used there is no shutdown history. Also, when anything
Return to discharge (display only)
pressure display.
other than shutdown history is displayed without
b shutdown resetting, the display is return to the latest
2 shutdown history in 3 minutes.
Press once to go to 2. For the shutdown history of Inverter, only the most
the previous item. To display of various settings recent shutdown is recorded. Shutdown history is
displayed in shutdown codes.
( See the shutdown code list in this page.)

(a) Inverter shutdown code


Code Fault type Detection Probable cause
E01* During constant speed

E02* During deceleration Lock of main motor


Overcurrent Activation of current protection circuit
E03* During acceleration Rapid acceleration/deceleration
E04* Other
E05 Overload Activation of electronic thermal Overload of main motor
E07* Overvoltage Excessive voltage of the converter High receiving voltage
E08 EEPROM error Error data of EEPROM Electrical noise, temperature increase
E09 Undervoltage Voltage below the specified level Low receiving voltage
E10 CT error CT error
E11 CPU error Error of built-in CPU
E14 Ground fault Ground fault during power activation Between output and main motor
E15* Overvoltage Excessive voltage at no output Receiving voltage is higher than specified.
E20 Temperature trip Controller fan error Reduction of controller fan revolution, disconnection of controller fan wiring
E21 Temperature trip Temperature error Cooling fin, air intake hole, clogging of cooler, high ambient temperature
E22 Communication error 1 Communication error in controller Electrical noise
E23 Gate array error Gate array communication error
E24 Phase lacking Phase lacking
E25 Main circuit error Main circuit abnormal operation Electrical noise, The main circuit element damaged, Load short circuit
E30 IGBT error Occurrence of instantaneous overcurrent
E33 Communication error 2 Communication error between controller and PC board Electrical noise
* Items subject for retry.

40
4. TROUBLESHOOTING [Protective Device]

■ Details of instantaneous power interruption (IPI) detection


This air compressor detects three types of power failure, brief IPI: less than one seconds, IPI: 1 to 5 seconds and
power interruption: more than 5 seconds.
Vtype detects the IPI by both PC board and Inverter. Therefore this is possible to detect the power failure 2 times at
once.
History record
No. Item Code Phenomenon Action
Fixed speed type Vtype
Brief instantaneous power
Stop the operation and
1 interruption approx. 1 04 (Note 3) ○ ○ Voltage drop
restart
second or less
Instantaneous power
○ Voltage drop to Restart after power
2 interruption approx. 1 to 5 03 (Note 1) ○
recorded with 04 0V,operation stop recovers.
seconds
Power interruption
3 Power failure 04 (Note 2) - ○ for 5 second or Not restarted
more

(Note 1) Vtype records both 03 and 04.


(Note 2) Fixed speed type does not record the history.
(Note 3) Vtype records 2times of 04 by PC board and Inverter. In addition, if IPI occurs and recovers before DC
power de-energizes, 09 (lack voltage) is indicated in E6 area (for Inverter) of digital monitor.

41
4. TROUBLESHOOTING [Protective Device]

■ Dryer failure and corrective proper action


If the DRYER operation lamp blinks and if a dryer shutdown occurs, investigate the cause and take proper corrective
action before restarting. After removing the cause, press the RESET button to clear the shutdown indication.

Phenomenon Probable cause Investigation Countermeasure Remarks


Thermal relay trip Excessive current Power source voltage Adjust the power source voltage
Refer to “Activate the high pressure
High pressure side
switch”
Phase lacking Loosen of power cable Tighten the cable
Contacts of contactor Change the contactor
Parts defect Jam of the refrigerant compressor Change the refrigerant compressor
Insulation resistance Change the refrigerant compressor
Thermal relay failure Current Change the thermal relay
Wiring connection Tighten the wire
Activate the high High intake refrigerant Ambient temperature Lower by 40℃
pressure switch temperature Check the cooler system of the Clean the coolers, its fin and
air compressor cooling fan
Hot gas bypass valve Adjust or change the hot gas
Low pressure side
failure bypass valve
Condenser fin covered
Condenser condition Clean the fin
dust particle
Condenser fan motor Action of fan control switch Change if failure
failure Continuity of fan thermal
Change if failure
protector
Continuity of fan motor Change if failure
Contactor of fan motor Change if failure
Incorporation of non-
Leakage from evaporator Change if failure
condensable gas
Pressure switch failure Continuity of pressure switch Change if failure
Activate the Leakage of refrigerant Leakage of refrigerant Fill the refrigerant after repair
overheat protection Overheat protection Continuity of overheat
thermostat Change if failure
thermostat failure protection thermostat
High intake refrigerant
Hot gas bypass valve See page 37
temperature

WARNING
The dryer uses non-flammable, non-toxic, and odorless refrigerant (chlorofluorocarbon R-410A). However,
if chlorofluorocarbon leaks from the product and contacts fire, toxic gas is generated and causes irritation
to the eye and the throat. In addition, chlorofluorocarbon, being heavier than air, may accumulate over the
floor, which may lead to oxygen deficiency. Therefore if chlorofluorocarbon leaks, extinguish fire and
ventilate the room as sweeping the floor. After that, contact the local HITACHI distributor/master dealer or
representative office.

42
4. TROUBLESHOOTING [Protective Device]

1 Dryer Failure
If a shutdown occurs to the dryer, the following display display mode depending on the dryer shutdown setting
is appeared on the LCD monitor. There are 2 types of ( pages 30 and 33).
For the cause and actions to be taken, see page 42.

㻞 㻜 㻝 㻝 䠋 㻜 㻝 䠋 㻝 㻝 㻝 㻥 䠖 㻝 㻥 㻖 㻞 㻜 㻝 㻝 䠋 㻜 㻝 䠋 㻝 㻝 㻝 㻥 䠖 㻝 㻥 㻖
㼀 㼅 㻼 㻱 䠖 㼂 㻿 㻰 㻭 㼀 㼁 㼀 㼅 㻼 㻱 䠖 㼂 㻿 㻰 㻭 㻌 㼀 㼁 㻌 㻌 㻌
㻰 㻵 㻿 䠊 㻼 㻾 㻱 㻿 㻿 䠖 㻜 䠊 㻠 㻢 㻹 䠬 䠽 㻰 㻵 㻿 䠊 㻼 㻾 㻱 㻿 㻿 䠖 㻜 䠊 㻠 㻢 㻹 䠬 䠽

䠘 㻿 㻴 㼁 㼀 㻰 㻻 㼃 㻺 䠚 䠘 㻲 㻭 㻵 㻸 㼁 㻾 㻱 䠚
㻯 㻻 㻻 㻸 㻭 㻺 㼀 䠖 㻰㻌㻵㻌㻿㻌㻚㻌㼀㻌㻱㻌㻹㻌㻼㻌㻦 㻖 㻖 㻖 䉝
㻻 㻵 㻸 䠖 㻻㻌㻵㻌㻸㻌㻌㼀㻌㻱㻌㻹㻌㻼㻌㻦 㻖 㻖 㻖 䉝
㻞 䠪 㻰 㻌 㻿 㼁 㻯 㼀 䠊 㼀 㻱 㻹 㻼 㻌 㻻㻌㻵㻌㻸㻌㻌㻼㻌㻾㻌㻱㻌㻿㻌㻌㻸㻌㻻㻌㼃㻌㻦 㻖 㻚 㻖 㻖 㻹 㻼 㼍
㻴 㻵 㻳 㻴 㻌㻰 㻵 㻿 䠊 㼀 㻱 㻹 㻼 䠖 㻯㻌㻻㻌㻻㻌㻸㻌㻭㻌㻺㻌㼀㻌㻌㼀㻌㻱㻌㻹㻌㻼㻌㻦 㻖 㻖 㻖 䉝
㻯 㻻 㻺 㼀 㻭 㻯 㼀 㻻 㻾 㻌㻱 㻾 㻾 䠖 㻯㻌㻻㻌㻻㻌㻸㻌㻭㻌㻺㻌㼀㻌㻌㻼㻌㻾㻌㻱㻌㻿㻌㻚㻌㻌㻸㻌㻻㻌㼃㻌㻦 㻖 㻚 㻖 㻖 㻹 㻼 㼍
㻻 㼂 㻱 㻾 㻸 㻻 㻭 㻰 䠖 㻵㻌㻺㻌㼀㻌㻚㻌㻌㻌㻯㻌㻚㻌㻌㻹㻌㻭㻌㻸㻌㻲㻌㼁㻌㻺㻌㻯㻌㼀㻌㻵㻌㻻㻌㻺 㻲 㻵 㻺 㻌 㼀 㻱 㻹 㻼 㻚 㻌 㻴 㻵 㻳 㻴
㻸 㻻 㼃 㻌 㼃 䠊 㻵 㻺 㼀 㻿 㼀 㻳 㻌 㻼 䠊 㼃㻌㻭㻌㼀㻌㻱㻌㻾㻌㻌㻿㻌㼀㻌㻻㻌㻼 㻻㻵㻸㻚㻌㻸㼂㻸㻚㻌㻸㻻㼃
㻰 㻾 㼅 㻱 㻾 㻌㻌㻌㻌 㼃 䠋 㻻 㻌 㻿 㻱 㻼 䠊 㻰㻌㻾㻌㼅㻌㻱㻌㻾 㻭㻵㻾㻌㻵㻺㼀㻭㻷㻱㻌㻲㻵㻸㼀㻱㻾
㻱 㻸 㻱 㻹 㻱 㻺 㼀 㻸㻌㻚㻌㻯㻌㻻㻌㼁㻌㻺㻌㼀㻌㻌㻻㻌㼂㻌㻱㻌㻾 㻻㻵㻸㻛㼃㼀㻾㻌㻿㻱㻼㻭㻾㻭㼀㻚㻌㻲㻚
㻼 㼞 㼑 㼟 㼟 㻾 㻱 㻿 㻌 㼍 㼒 㼠 㼑 㼞 㻌 㻯 㻴 㻷 䠊 㻼㻌㻾㻌㻱㻌㻿㻌㻿㻌㻌㻾㻌㻱㻌㻿㻌㻌㻭㻌㻲㻌㼀㻌㻱㻌㻾㻌㻌㻯㻌㻴㻌㻷㻌䠊

2 Adjusting the Hot Gas Bypass Valve


The hot gas bypass valve is adjusted in the factory and 1. When specified dew-point temperature is
does not require fur ther adjustment for star tup not available
commissioning, etc. Operate the dryer independently without compressed
However, air flow, then while checking the refrigerant pressure
● if specified dew-point is not available gauge, turn the adjusting screw counterclockwise
● if evaporating temperature is so low that the air slowly until the refrigerant pressure gauge is in the
cooler freezes range of 0.7 to 1.2 MPa.
and if the cause does not correspond to the descriptions
in TROUBLESHOOTING in the previous page. the hot 2. When evaporating temperature is too low
gas bypass valve may be improperly adjusted. In such If the air cooler is frozen, stop the dryer and melt the
a case, adjust the valve in the following procedure. ice first. After that, operate the dryer independently
Remove the hexagon cap nut and turn the without compressed air flow. Then, while checking the
adjusting screw using a hexagon wrench with a 10 refrigerant pressure gauge, turn the adjusting screw
mm diameter until the valve is properly adjusted. clockwise slowly until the refrigerant pressure gauge is
in the range of 0.7 to 1.2 MPa. It takes 10 to 20 minutes

Hexagon
until the pressure is stabilized.
cap nut
Note) Before turning the adjusting screw, mark the cap and
Adjusting
screw adjusting bolt in advance so that the factory setting
position is indicated. After pressure adjustment, be sure
to tighten the hexagon cap nut back to its original state.
Tightening torque: approx. 196N・cm.

43
4. TROUBLESHOOTING [Troubleshooting of Air Compressor]

4.2 Troubleshooting of Air Compressor


■ Most common problems, causes and corrective actions are described below.
Phenomenon LCD indication example Cause Corrective remedies
NOT start 1. Power supply switch - OFF. 1. Check the power supply switch.
<P R O B L E M> 2. Power – Failed, or power source 2. Check the power supply.
voltage - Low. 3. Change 2 of 3 wires of the power
CONNECTION ERR: REV
3. Power cable - In a reversal phase cord.
Press RES after CHK. connection. 4. Reconnect the power cord tightly and
4. Power cable - In a phase-lacking check the power supply.
connection. NOTE: Phase-lacking is detectable only
<P R O B L E M> (Note) See Note (3) in page 33 when connecting the power.
CONNECTION ERR: OPEN
Press RES after CHK.

Shutdown - 1. 1st-stage AIR END air intake 1. Clean or change the air intake filter
Discharge air <S H U T D O W N> efficiency - Lowered 2. Lower the suction air temperature
temperature 2. Air intake filter - Dirty 3. Replace the check valve.
HIGH DIS. TEMP. 1:
3. Temperature of Suction Air-High 4. Check the coolant cooler. Clean it, as
Press RES after CHK. 4. Coolant temperature - High required, with a use of an air nozzle.

Shutdown – 1. Oil cooler – Dirty 1. Check the oil cooler.


Oil temperature <S H U T D O W N> 2. Room temperature – High 2. Lower the room temperature.
3. Oil temperature control valve – 3. Check the oil temperature control
OIL : HIGH TEMP
Failed valve.
Press RES after CHK.

Shutdown – 1. Oil strainer and/or oil filter – Dirty 1. Clean the oil strainer
Oil pressure <S H U T D O W N> 2. Oil level – Low 2. Replace the oil filter.
3. Add the oil.
OIL : OIL LOW PRESS

Press RES after CHK.

[Air-cooled type] 1. Coolant cooler – Dirty 1. Clean the coolant cooler.


Shutdown – <S H U T D O W N> 2. Room temperature - High 2. Reduce the room temperature.
Coolant temperature
COOLANT : HIGH TEMP
Press RES after CHK.

[Air-cooled type] 1. Coolant level – Low 1. Add the coolant into the coolant
Shutdown – <S H U T D O W N> 2. Pressure cap – Loosened reservoir.
Coolant pressure 3. Coolant strainer – Clogging 2. Re-fasten the pressure cap tightly.
COOLANT : LOW PRESS
3. Clean the coolant strainer.
Press RES after CHK.

Shutdown – 1. Power supply voltage – Low 1. Rectify the power supply voltage.
Motors overload <S H U T D O W N> 2. Discharge air pressure – Too high 2. Check the suction throttle valve
[Fixed speed type]
OVERLOAD : MAIN
3. Check the capacity control system.
Press RES after CHK.

1. Power supply voltage – Low or in 1. Rectify the power supply voltage.


unbalance 2. Check the cooling fan motor.
<S H U T D O W N> 2. Cooling fan motor – Failed (Measure insulation resistance etc.)
OVERLOAD : SUB
3. Coolant pump - Failure 3. Check the coolant pump.
(Measure insulation resistance etc.)
Press RES after CHK. 4. Clean the aftercooler, oil cooler and
coolant cooler
1. Power supply voltage – Low or in 1. Rectify the power supply voltage.
unbalance 2. Check the capacity control system.
Shutdown – <F A I L U R E> 2. Discharge air pressure – Too high 3. Measure insulation resistance etc. or
Controller retry 3. Main motor – Overloading check the main motor.
SYSTEM RETRY :
NOTE: 4th retry action in ten minutes
becomes shutdown failure.
[Water-cooled type] 1. Cooling water pump – Failed and/ 1. Check the cooling water flow.
Shutdown – <S H U T D O W N> or variation of water pressure
Controller retry
LOW WATER FLOW :
Press RES after CHK.

44
4. TROUBLESHOOTING [Troubleshooting of Oil Mist Remover]

4.3 Troubleshooting of Oil Mist Remover


Problems and actions to be taken are as follows.

① The vacuum indicator shows a red mark


YES
The pressure gauges reads zero (0) MPa. The control air is not supplied.
NO
YES Reset the regulator to a proper pressure.
Pressure setting of the regulator is lower ?
Clean the filter.
NO
Pressure of a control air is lower than the regulator YES Maintain the pressure of a control air at the regulator
setting value? setting value.
NO
The gear case or gear case vent pipe has a leak YES - Tighten every screw and plug to remove all leaks.
(for example, the oil filling port plug on the gear case is not tight). - Make sure that the OMR relief valve is closed.
NO
The solenoid valve may have problem or the remover
element may be dirty.
If the solenoid valve has no problem replace the element.

② The OMR relief valve opens immediately when starting the air compressor (the control air pressure is still
low) or when the DSP has stopped. This is a normal occurrence.
YES
The OMR relief valve is dirty or stuck open by a foreign Disassemble and clean the OMR relief valve.
object. Replace if necessary.
NO
Go to the procedure ①. The vacuum indicator shows a
red mark. (Gear case has a positive internal pressure.)
NOTE:
The OMR relief valve opens immediately when starting the DSP (the control air pressure is still low) or when the DSP has
stopped. This is a normal occurrence.

③ Oil is vented through the ejector’s compressed air outlet (the separated oil is not being recovered).
Accumulated oil is visible in the tube between the YES
Clean the nozzle of the float trap.
element housing and the float trap.
NO
Upper or lower packing is not seated properly on the YES Reinstall the element, seating the packing properly for a
element ? maximum sealing performance.
NO
YES
Control air contains oil ? Check the control air for oil contents.
NO
Element may be dirty.
Inspect the element and replace if necessary.

④ Oil pressure is low (oil pump may be inhaling air).


Problem of compressor (dirty oil filter, low oil pressure due YES Perform necessary adjustment or replacement.
to oil leakage, failure of oil pump or OMR relief valve, etc.)

NO
Foreign matter in float trap nozzle (Check for a large
YES Disassemble and clean the float trap nozzle and the
amount of air sucked from the oil collecting pipe to oil
float trap.
pump suction side.)
NOTE:
The oil mist remover makes the gear case internal pressure negative during operation, reducing the pressure by 0.005 to 0.01
MPa. This is not unusual; reset the oil pressure on the OMR relief valve.
45
5. INSTALLING AND PIPING THE DSP
5.1 Unpacking the Air Compressor
■ After unpacking the crate, verify that the product is in accordance with the order, by referring to section 15.
■ Verify that the product is not damaged or deformed during transportation.
Model Nameplate Standard Accessories
Foundation bracket 2 pcs
M16 × 90 bolt 2 pcs
M16 × 35 bolt 2 pcs
Output (kW) M16 nut 2 pcs
M16 washer 2 pcs
Fork slot cover 4 pcs
Model M6 × 15 bolt 8 pcs
Drain trap * 1 pc
Drain pipe (1/2B) * 1 pc
Frequency Elbow (1/2B) * 1 pc
(Hz) Nipple (1/2B) * 2 pcs
* Provided only with built-in dryer type
Ball valve (1/2B) * 1 pc
Motorized isolation valve ** 1 pc ** Provided only with .
Motorized water isolation valve *** 1 pc *** Provided only with Water-Cooled .

5.2 Conveying the DSP Air Compressor


■ With a Forklift ■ With a Shop Crane
Pad
Use a pad to protect
the enclosure.
Use the strong wires.
Adjust the wire length
to keep the balance
Keep the distance when hoisting it.
of 1.7 m or more.

Use the attached


tie frame.
Use a pad to
protect the
enclosure panel.

Use the adhesive


tapes to prevent
the front door from
detached during
conveyance.

[fixed-speed compressor]
Model Total Mass (kg)
DSP-37A(R)N 1,020 (1,170) Lift the unit balanced.

DSP-55A(R)N 1,240 (1,390)


DSP-37WN 970
Use the adhesive tapes to prevent the front
DSP-55WN 1,190 door from detached during conveyance.

■ After installing the air compressor, plug the fork


slots with the fork slot covers.
Model Total Mass (kg)
DSP-37VA(R)N 1,080 (1,230)
DSP-55VA(R)N 1,180 (1,330) Common Base
DSP-37VWN 1.050
DSP-55VWN 1,150
Parentheses indicate the value for built-in Fork Slot Cover
dryer type Bolt (M6×15)

46
5. INSTALLING AND PIPING THE DSP [Installing the DSP Air Compressor]

5.3 Installing the DSP Air Compressor


(Selection of a proper installation location is essential to a long service life for the Air Compressor.)

WARNING
1. Keep flammable solvents or any other hazardous chemicals away from the air compressor. Such
chemicals may be ingested into the air compressor and could cause an explosion during the
compression process.
2. Do not use fire near the air compressor; otherwise the sparks may enter the airend and burn it internally.

■ Install the air compressor in a bright, wide, and airy room as follows:

Maintenance Space C ※ Keep spaces of indicated in the


Ventilating fan
If you install the air
table below, or more for daily
compressor in a small room, Foundation operation and periodical
provide a ventilating fan to
keep the room temperature Provide a vibration-absorbing maintenance and for keeping the
at 40℃ or lower. mat if the foundation is vibrative. enough cooling air for coolers.
If it is too vibrative, look for
another dequate location.
Maintenance Space
Maintenance Space D Item mm
Maintenance Space B A Front 1000
B Right side 800
C Rear 800
Plug the fork slots with the fork Maintenance Space A D Left side 1000
slot covers (standard accessory).

■ Install the air compressor in a dry and dust-free room, and avoid the following.

Raindrops, Basements, Steam Metals, Sand, Other Hard Materials Harmful Gases
Toxic gases such as chlorine gas, hydrogen

( s u l f i d e gas , s u l f u rou s ac id g as, hig h


consistency ozone, ammonia gas )

Causes electric leak, generation of Causes motor insulation failure, bearing Causes deterioration of oil, wear of cooler,
drain/rust, microcomputer malfunction. damage, microcomputer malfunction. detachment of coating from rotor surface.

■ Install the air compressor on a level floor. ■ Do not install the air compressor near a wall.
To ensure an appropriate amount of oil Do not set the air Doing this may cause the operating noise
Prohibited
To prevent noise and vibration compressor on blocks. to resonate and increase the noise levels.

CAUTION
● Install the air compressor indoors. Installing it outdoors may lead to damage of the airend due to
water vapor, dust, etc.
● The air compressor installation room should have an air intake opening, an air exhaust opening and
have good ventilation. If the room is poorly ventilated, hot air exhausted by the air compressor may
cause the room temperature to rise excessively and lead to damage of the air compressor.

47
5. INSTALLING AND PIPING THE DSP [Piping the DSP Air Compressor]

5.4 Piping the DSP Air Compressor


5.4.1 General Instructions ⑦ If the air compressors discharge pipe is connected to
① Use the degreased pipe as a plant airline pipe. the main compressed air piping, run the discharge
up above the main compressed air piping and then
② Install an isolation stop valve on the compressed air
down into the top of the main compressed air piping
outlet pipe (see figure below). (customer supplied)
(see figure below). This prevents the backflow of
Close the isolation stop valve when stopping the air
condensate.
compressor.
Union joint or flange

Main compressed air pipe

Stop valve From air compressor

Discharge air 5.4.2 Parallel piping


Motorized isolation valve (Vtype)
③ Using a union or flange joint to connect the air
Open
compressor to an existing compressed air piping Stop valve

installation allows for minimal disassembly of the


enclosure panels (see figure below). (customer supplied)
Discharge
④ If the plant compressed air piping installation is air
extensive in length, using a larger diameter pipe Operating

assists in lowering pressure drop throughout the


piping system.
⑤ If there is an area in the compressed air piping that Air receiver tank
is concaved or vertical (see figure below), provide a
condensate drain valve at its bottom as a drip leg.

Discharge valve
Stop Motorized isolation Stop valve
valve (Vtype)
Close

If one air compressor is operated, close the stop valve


Drain valve of the stopped air compressor. For automatic operation,
such as lead/lag and multi unit controlled, replace the
IMPORTANT stop valve to an optional motorized isolation valve.
Ensure that the motorized isolation valve is closed
Prevent the backflow of condensate from the plant
compressed air system back to the air compressor. while the compressor is not running. If you use a
solenoid valve as the automatic stop valve, consult your
Hitachi distributor or local Service Station given on the
⑥ If the compressed air piping near the air compressor is
rear cover. (Motorized isolation valve is standard for Vtype.)
to be elevated, keep a space of 500mm (20inches)
Contact the local HITACHI distributor/master dealer
between the elevated piping and the enclosure for ease
or representative office for more detail.
of maintenance (see figure below)
IMPORTANT

Approx. 500 mm or more As shown in the figure above, when one compressor is
must be maintained. operating and the other is stopped with opening the stop
valve, back pressure is applied to the aftercooler and
check valve of the stopped air compressor. This may
cause more condensate going into the air compressor
and more rusting of aftercooler and check valve.

48
5. INSTALLING AND PIPING THE DSP [Piping the DSP Air Compressor]

5.4.3 How to Install Automatic Discharge Valve


① Install the air receiver tank because this air
Pressure detecting compressor is equipped with 2-step capacity control
piping
Discharge system. To prevent the pressure fluctuation and to
Stop valve air maximize the energy saving feature, the minimum size
of the air receiver tank is indicated in the table blow.
Discharge pressure Minimum capacity of
Model
(MPa) air receiver tank (m3)
Motorized DSP-37/55A(R)N
isolation valve 0.4/0.7 0.7
Air receiver tank DSP-37/55WN
Flange
DSP-37/55VA(R)N
0.3/0.7 1.24
A. Without dryer type……Vtype is equipped with DSP-37/55VWN
AUTO restart/stop function as a standard function. ② Install the air receiver tank of 2.26m3 of more for the
The pressure for capacity control is detected at the AUTO operation, multi-unit control or lead/lag operation
secondar y side of the motorized isolation valve. in order to achieve the better energy saving effect.
Install the motorized isolation valve (standard
③ Install the air receiver tank of 1.24m3 of more for
accessory) and pressure detecting piping (customer
supplied). Connect the pressure detecting piping using ECOMODE in order to achieve the better
from upper side of main piping to pressure detecting energy saving effect on all load ratio.
port of the air compressor as above. Install the
pressure detecting piping as close as motorized 5.4.5 Reciprocating Compressor and
isolation valve. The operation with NOT installed
Parallel Piping
pressure detecting piping results in the air relief
valve action. Stop valve Check valve
B. Built-in dryer type……Motorized isolation valve is
Discharge air
installed in the package with proper piping and
wiring. Pressure detecting piping installation is not
required.

IMPORTANT

The motorized isolation valve is closed when the air


compressor is stops. The operation WITHOUT the
motorized isolation valve results in the backflow of
condensate from the plant compressed air system. Then
Stop valve
it results in the early damage of check valve, aftercooler
and etc by rusting

5.4.4 Air Receiver Tank Piping to air receiver tank outlet


Pressure detecting piping
(Vtype only) IMPORTANT

・ This is to prevent the reciprocating compressor's air


Discharge pulsation from affecting this air compressor.
Stop valve air ・ Typical operation is to run this air compressor as long
as possible as the primary and start, and stop the
reciprocating air compressor in parallel as a floating
trim air compressor, as required by the compressed air
Motorized demand.
isolation valve Air receiver tank
Flange
CAUTION
CAUTION Do not install a check valve between this air
Failure to install an adequately sized air compressor and the air receiver tank. This
receiver tank may cause the air compressor to could result in short cycling (frequent loading
frequently load/unload. This may shorten the and unloading) and operating problems to the
mechanical life of the air compressor. capacity control system.

49
5. INSTALLING AND PIPING THE DSP [Piping the DSP Air Compressor]

5.4.6 Piping Procedure Dryer Drain Trap 5.4.8 Cooling Water Piping Water-Cooled

① Connect the Dr yer drain trap for dr yer as shown


below.
② Keep the pet cock to be slightly opened and verify
Water
that the small amount of air is discharged. outlet
③ The internal diameter of drain piping shall be 6 mm
Water drain pet cock
or more and length shall be 5 m or less.
Drain Pipe
Elbow Water
Nipple
Nipple inlet

Pet cock Ball valve

Water drain port


Dryer drain trap
Water drain port

CAUTION Cooling drain discharge valve

If pipes are not connected as described above, ① The pipings for water inlet and outlet for coolers are
drain may not be properly discharged, causing required.
the drain to enter the discharge air.
② Using a union or flange joint to connect the air
compressor to the water pipings, allows for minimal
5.4.7 Drain Pipe
disassembly of the enclosure panels (customer
supplied).

5.4.9 OMR Control Air Piping

Pressure gauge
To
drain pit
A

Drain pipe
Filter Regulator

① Leave the end of any condensate drain line open.


② Do not merge the air compressor’s condensate drain
lines (for the aftercooler, control line filter) into one The Oil Mist Remover needs the pressure of a control
common piping. Do not merge any condensate air at the regulator setting value or more. To properly
drain line into an external condensate drain line (for install the control air line, connect the control air pipe
example, do not merge a air compressor condensate
to the connection marked “A” on the filter/regulator of
drain line with a condensate drain line on an air
the Oil Mist Remover. This piping and compressed air
receiver tank). This could generate a pressure
differential, which could result in no draining or shall be supplied by customer.
inconsistent draining out of the air compressor.
IMPORTANT
Capability to obser ve the draining of the air
compressor is also impaired. The control air must be as dry as possible. Run the
control air pipe from the downstream side of the air dryer.
CAUTION If an air dryer is not used, run the control air pipe from the
upper section of an air receiver. Installing downstream of
Un-drained condensate can backflow to the air the air dryer or air receiver allows for less moisture
compressor and cause a failure. accumulation in the filter bowl of the oil mist remover.

50
5. INSTALLING AND PIPING THE DSP [Ventilation of Air Compressor Room]

5.5 Ventilation of Air Compressor Room

CAUTION
Provide a ventilating system to the air compressor room in the event that the room temperature exceeds
the allowable ambient operating temperature of 40℃. Operating the air compressor at an ambient
operating temperature above 40℃ may cause a serious problem.

IMPORTANT

● Stop the ventilating fan when the air compressor has stopped.
● The ventilating fan should be running while the air compressor is operating. If the ventilating fan is not running, the loss of air
flow may reduce the performance of the cooler.
● The duct should be detachable for ease of maintenance on the air compressor.

① Air intake opening


Provide the air compressor room with an enough air
Exhaust air
intake opening that:
Air compressor
- is positioned as low as possible on the wall. exhaust
- is located in an environment free of external dust Fig. A Air intake Ventilating fan
opening Fresh See “Recommended
and harmful material.
air fan capacity ①” in
② Ventilation without Duct (Figure A) the table.
For ventilation without an exhaust duct, install a
ventilating fan with the specified capacity shown in
the Recommended Ventilation Fan ① or more row Exhaust Exhaust air
duct
in the table. The specified capacity is based on the
allowable room temperature rise of 5℃. Position of Ventilating fan
Fig. B Air intake
the ventilating fan is as high as possible on the wall. opening Fresh See “Recommended
air fan capacity ③” in
③ Ventilation with Duct and without Ventilating Fan (Figure B) the table.
● For ventilation with an exhaust duct, calculate the Shall be removable.
duct’s pressure loss based on information shown in the
Air Exhaust (Air Compressor) row in the table. If the Exhaust Exhaust air
calculated pressure loss is less than 20 Pa, a ventilating duct
fan is not required on the duct. Install the duct with its
h

detachable end directly in contact with the grilled air Fig. C Air intake Ventilating fan
opening Fresh See
exhaust (without dryer part) on top of the air air “Recommended
compressor. Do not install the duct for dryer exhaust. fan capacity ②” in
For the dryer ventilation, install a ventilating fan with the table.

the specified capacity shown in the Recommended


Ventilation Fan ③ or more row in the table. Technical Data for Room Ventilation
● If the calculated duct’s pressure loss is 20 Pa or larger, Model 37A(R)N 55A(R)N
Item/Unit 37VA(R)N 55VA(R)N
a ventilating fan is required on the duct. Install the
Heat generation MJ/h 166 (187) 225 (246)
duct, keeping a gap “h” of 200 to 300 mm between the
Air compressor exhaust m3/min 100 120
duct and the grilled air exhaust (without dryer part)
Dryer exhaust m /min
3
(50) (50)
on top of the air compressor. On the other end of the
Exhaust air temperature rise °C Approx. 25 Approx. 28
duct, install a ventilating fan with the specified
Exhaust duct allowable
capacity shown in the Recommended Ventilation Pa 20 (2)
pressure loss
Fan ② or more row in the table. (Fig. C) Recommended fan capacity ① m3/min 440 (470) 598 (656)
● Pay attention to the duct opening location. Noise may Recommended fan capacity ② m /min
3
130 (180) 150 (200)
be transmitted to outside through the duct. Provide Recommended fan capacity ③ m3/min (62) (62)
the noise absorbing material inside the duct if required. Note 1) The value in the ( ) shows for built-in dryer type.
2) ③ is applied only for built-in dryer type.

51
5. INSTALLING AND PIPING THE DSP [Ventilation of Air Compressor Room]

5.5.2 Water-Cooled Type Water-Cooled

① For the small air compressor room installation,


CAUTION install a ventilating fan and an air intake opening.
When installing exhaust ducts, install a single The position of the ventilating fan is as high as
duct for each compressor. Alternatively, when possible and the position of the air intake opening is
installing a collecting duct for multiple as low as possible on the wall.
compressors, install it as shown in Fig. C. Select a ventilating fan with required capacity
Also, be sure to install a ventilating fan with a specified in the table or higher (Fig. A). Also ensure
capacity of the value of "exhaust air from the that the flow rate at the air intake opening is 2 m/s
compressor x quantity" or more on the other
or lower.
end of the duct.
② For the factory installation with enough ventilation
capacity, select a well ventilated area (Fig. B).
IMPORTANT

Do not connect the exhaust duct directly to the dryer Technical Data for Room Ventilation
exhaust due to the low allowable pressure loss of the Model 37WN 55WN
dryer ventilation fan. Item/Unit 37VWN 55VWN
If an exhaust duct is connected to the dryer exhaust and Heat generation MJ/h 16 22
ventilation is forced with a ventilating fan, the dryer may Recommended
be excessively cooled or damaged. m3/min 45 60
fan capacity ①
Note 1) The value in the ( ) shows for built-in dryer type.
Note 2) The specified capacity is based on the allowable room
temperature rise of 5℃ and static pressure is zero (0) MPa.

Ventilating fan Exhaust


See “Recommended air
fan capacity” in the
table

Air inlet Exhaust air

Fresh
air

Fig. A

Air inlet Exhaust air


Exhaust
air
Fresh
air

Fig. B

52
6. STARTUP OPERATION
The instructions in this chapter should be followed when starting up the air compressor for the first time or after a
long term suspension.

6.1 Startup Operation of the Air Compressor

CAUTION
● Before connecting the power, verify that the air compressor is correctly installed, piped and wired.
● Check the power supply; verify that it is firmly grounded and that the voltage is within an allowable
range (-5% to +10%).

6.1.1 Before Operation


① Fill the oil through the oil filling port until the oil
reaches the upper red line of the oil level gauge.
Use the Hitachi recommended oils ( p. 12).
H
② ② Check the coolant level gauge, and verify that the
coolant stays between the upper H and lower L
L
marks of the coolant level gauge.
Add the coolant or the city water as follows:
- If there is a leak on the coolant pipe, take a

Air-Cooled corrective remedy, and add the 50%-diluted Hitachi
運転管理
RUNNING CONTROL
運転状況
RUNNING MODE
DSP Coolant ( page 110).
警 報 遠 方
REMOTE 電 源
POWER
- If there is no leak (natural evaporation), add the
ALARM

city water.
負 荷
LOAD

機 能 リセット 起動待ち


RESET
FUNC 故 障 AUTO START
SHUTDOWN

表示切替/
遠 方 ワイドモード 運 転 停 止

NOTE: Hitachi has filled the 50%-diluted Hitachi


REMOTE SELECT/WIDE START STOP

記 憶
STR 1 2

DSP Coolant into the air compressor.


UNLOAD STOP
③ Check the V-belts for tension ( p. 111).

④ Close the petcock and cooling water drain valve
and open the manual stop valve for cooling water.
Water-Cooled
⑤ Verify that the pressure and flow rate of the
cooling water.

⑥ Connect the power, and verify that the POWER light


is ON.
⑦ Change 2 of 3 wires of the power cord if the M4
display shows CABLE CONNECTED: REVersal
PHASE.

WARNING
Hitachi does NOT fill the air compressor with oil.
Before startup operation, fill the air compressor
with the oil. If oil is not added and the air
compressor is operated, it may burn or fail.

53
6. STARTUP OPERATION [Startup Operation of the Air Compressor]

6.1.2 Starting
② Verify that the air compressor has proper rotation.
運転管理 運転状況
RUNNING CONTROL RUNNING MODE
If rotation is not correct (phase reversal), change 2
警 報 遠 方

③④ ALARM
REMOTE

負 荷
LOAD
電 源
POWER
of the 3 wires of the power cable.
機 能 リセット 起動待ち
RESET
FUNC 故 障 AUTO START
SHUTDOWN

DIS. PRESS: 0. 70MPa 遠 方


REMOTE

記 憶
表示切替/
ワイドモード
SELECT/WIDE
運 転
START
停 止
STOP
③ Verify that the oil pressure rises 0.12 MPa or greater
within ten (10) seconds after star ting the air
1 2
INTSTG. P: *. **MPa STR

OIL PRES: 0. 15MPa


CLT PRES: 0. 21MPa
compressor. If pressure has failed to rise, press the
UNLOAD STOP
STOP button and clean the oil strainer. And/or
② regulate the oil pressure by oil relief valve.
(cpage 37)

Air-Cooled

④ Verify that the coolant pressure rises to 0.14 MPa or



more within 10 seconds after starting. If it has failed
to rise, press the STOP button, and add the coolant
and/or clean the coolant strainer.
[Rear View]
⑤ In the case of the fixed speed type, switch to full load
operation within 15 seconds, and for the V type,
switch in approx. 10 seconds.

① Fully open the discharge stop valve, and press the ⑥ Raise the pressure step by step as illustrated below.
START button.
0.70 Pressure Raising Pattern
Discharge pressure (MPa)

for the rated


0.60 discharge pressure
0.70MPa
0.50
Method of Raising Pattern:
0.40 During startup operation, raise the discharge pressure by
following these steps. 1.) After starting the air compressor,
0.30 operate at 0.20MPa (29psi) for 30 minutes with the discharge
stop valve completely open. 2.) Raise the pressure 0.1MPa
0.20 (close the discharge stop valve) every 15 minutes until the
pressure reaches the rated pressure. During the startup
0.10 operation, perform this method without any failures.

0
0.5hr 1hr 1.5hrs 2hrs

Time

6.1.3 During Operation


① Grease the main motor bearing at once. Refer to the
運転管理 運転状況
9 Maintenance 13 for the detail.
RUNNING CONTROL RUNNING MODE
自 動
AUTO

モニタ
MONITOR
警 報
ALARM
遠 方
REMOTE

POWER
源 ② Check the LCD for operating pressures and
メニュー 負 荷

temperatures. Verify that: Discharge air pressure


[× 10h] LOAD
MENU
機 能 リセット 起動待ち
FUNC RESET 故 障 AUTO START
+/- SHUTDOWN
UP/ 
DOWN
表示切替/

(DIS. PRESS), oil pressure (OIL PRES), coolant


遠 方 ワイドモード ドライヤ 運 転 停 止
REMOTE SELECT/WIDE DRYER START STOP
記 憶
設 定 STR 1 2
SET

MONITOR pressure (CLT PRES), discharge air temperature


(DIS. TEMP 1), oil temperature (OIL TEMP) and
UNLOAD STOP

coolant temperature (CLT TEMP) are within the


normal range, as shown in the Proper Pressure/
㻞 㻜 㻝 㻝 䠋 㻝 㻝 䠋 㻜 㻝 㻌 㻌 㻝 㻥 㻦 㻜 㻞 㻖
Temperature Indications on LCD table. ( page 55)
㻼 㻾 㻱 㻿 㻿 㼁 㻾 㻱
㻵 㻺 㼀 㻿 㼀 㻳 㻚 㻌 㻼 㻾 㻱 㻿 㻦 㻖 㻚 㻖 㻖 㻹 㻼 㼍 ③ Ve r i f y t h a t t h e c o n d e n s a t e i s d i s c h a r g e d
㻻 㻵 㻸 㻌 㻼 㻾 㻱 㻿 㻦 㻜 㻚 㻝 㻡 㻹 㻼 㼍
㻯 㻸 㼀 㻚 㻌 㻼 㻾 㻱 㻿 㻦 㻜 㻚 㻞 㻡 㻹 㻼 㼍 intermediately from the aftercooler drain port.
㼀 㻱 㻹 㻼 㻱 㻾 㻭 㼀 㼁 㻾 㻱
㻰 㻵 㻿 㻚 㻌 㼀 㻱 㻹 㻼 㻚 㻌 㻝 㻦 㻟 㻠 㻜 䉝

WARNING
㻰 㻵 㻿 㻚 㻌 㼀 㻱 㻹 㻼 㻚 㻌 㻞 㻦 㻖 㻖 㻖 䉝
㻻 㻵 㻸 㻌 㼀 㻱 㻹 㻼 㻦 㻡 㻡 䉝
㻯 㻸 㼀 㻚 㻌 㼀 㻱 㻹 㻼 㻦 㻌 㻠 㻞 䉝
㻞 㻺 㻰 㻌 㻿 㼁 㻯 㻚 㻌 㼀 㻚 㻦 㻖 㻖 㻖 䉝
㻹 㻭 㻵 㻺 㼀 㻱 㻹 㻭 㻹 㻯 㻱 During inspection of the operation of the air
㻴 㻾 㻚 㻌 㼀 㻻 㻌 㻹 㻭 㻵 㻺 㼀 㻦 㻜 㻜 㻜 㻜 㼔
㻺 㻱 㼄 㼀 㻌 㻹 㻭 㻵 㻺 㼀 㻦 㻖 㻖 㻖 㻖 relief valve, use the appropriate facial
protection. High pressure air containing dust
particles can cause severe injury.

54
6. STARTUP OPERATION [Startup Operation of the Air Compressor]

Proper Pressure/Temperature Indications on LCD


DSP-37/55A(R)N DSP-37/55VA(R)N
LCD Indication Unit
DSP-37/55WN DSP-37/55VWN
Operating State Working Pressure - Loading Unloading Loading Purging
0.70MPa 0.70 or less 0.60 - 0.70 0.72 or less
MPa
Discharge pressure 0.40MPa 0.40 or less 0.30 - 0.40 –
0.30MPa MPa – 0.32 or less
Coolant Pressure [air-cooled] MPa 0.13 - 0.27 0.13 - 0.27
* 0.09 - 0.18 (Op. freq.: 45 Hz or more)
Oil pressure MPa * 0.11 - 0.18
0.05 - 0.16 (Op. Freq.: 45 Hz or less)
0.70MPa 387 or less 387 or less
Discharge Air Temperature 0.40MPa ℃ 330 or less 330 or less
0.30MPa 330 or less 330 or less
Coolant Temperature [air-cooled] ℃ 62 or less 62 or less
Oil temperature ℃ 62 or less 62 or less
Note) * The oil pressure may exceed 0.18 MPa temporarily when starting. The oil pressure may exceed 0.18 MPa temporarily when PQ wide mode
ON for Vtype. These are normal.

6.1.4 Stopping
① Press the UNLOAD STOP button to stop the air
運転管理 運転状況
compressor. Operation stops when the air end and the
RUNNING CONTROL RUNNING MODE

警 報 遠 方
REMOTE 電 源
air piping have dried for 5 minutes. To stop the

POWER

compressor immediately without unloading, press the


ALARM

負 荷
LOAD

機 能 リセット 起動待ち


RESET
FUNC 故 障 AUTO START

STOP button.
SHUTDOWN

DIS. PRESS: 0. 00 MPa 遠 方


REMOTE
表示切替/
ワイドモード
SELECT/WIDE
運 転
START
停 止
STOP

記 憶
INTSTG P: *. ** MPa STR 1 2

OIL PRES: 0. 00 MPa


CLT PRES: 0. 00 MPa ② Check the LCD for pressures, and verify that:
① UNLOAD STOP
- Oil pressure 0 MPa (or 0.01 MPa depending on
your operating conditions).

Air-Cooled - Coolant pressure 0 MPa.

③ Check the condensate drain discharge from the


control line filter by checking the sight glass on the

control line filter. (Fixed speed type)
④ Close the stop valve.
[Rear View] ⑤ Open the water drain valve. Do not fail to drain the
cooling water specifically winter season because
Water-Cooled
the remaining water may be frozen inside and as a
result the casing and/or coolers may be burst.

55
6. STARTUP OPERATION [Initial Setting of OMR Regulator]

6.2 Initial Setting of OMR Regulator


① Set a control air pressure to a maximum level. ④ Make sure that the vacuum indicator does not show
Example: If a control air pressure varies between a red mark.
0.55 MPa and 0.65 MPa, maintain it at its
⑤ Make sure that there is no leak of the control air
maximum 0.65 MPa.
pipe joints.
② Pull up the regulator knob, and then the regulator is
⑥ Press down the regulator knob to lock.
unlocked or settable.
Turn the regulator knob so that the pressure gauge ⑦ The oil mist remover makes the gear case internal
reads as follows: pressure negative during operation reducing the oil
pressure by 0.005 to 0.01 MPa. This is not abnormal.
③ The pressure gauge readings may increase/
Reset the oil pressure on the OMR relief valve.
decrease by 0.03 MPa as the control air pressure
decreases/increases by 0.10 MPa, respectively. Due ⑧ Stop the air compressor. Make sure that the
to the regulator’s characteristics, the pressure gauge solenoid valve is de-energized to the closed position
reading rises as the control air pressure drops. and the vacuum indicator shows a red mark.

Standard Setting of Regulator Air Flow Rate


MPa (liter/min)

0.25 - 0.28 Approx. 50

CAUTION
1. Maintain the pressure of a control air at the regulator setting value or more. If a control air pressure
of this level cannot be obtained, the ejector cannot operate and as a result, the gear case internal
pressure rises.
When the gear case internal pressure reaches approximately 20 mmH2O, the OMR relief valve opens
to atmosphere to prevent excessive rise. This results in the venting of oil fume to atmosphere.
Therefore, if a control pressure cannot be maintained at the regulator setting, value, take
precautions to keep the air compressor from inhaling the oil fume back into the air intake.
2. If two or more air compressors are in parallel, the system may force a specific unit to unload for a
long period of time. The unloaded air compressors oil mist remover ejector may seldom operate,
thus opening its OMR relief valve frequently and venting oil mists to atmosphere. To solve this
problem, connect the unloaded air compressors control air pipe to an area in the plant air piping
system where pressure is consistently available, minimizing the amount of time the OMR relief valve
opens.

3. The OMR relief valve shortly opens when the air compressor starts and stops, even when control air
pressure is high. After repeated starts and stops, the OMR relief valve may ooze a slight amount of
oil. This is not unusual.

4. The oil mist remover consumes compressed air of approximately the value indicated above table.
The exact air consumption depends on the setting of the regulator.

5. Take precautions if the air compressor is used in AUTO operation mode, as the air compressor may
not stop automatically, due to the uninterrupted consumption of the compressed air by the oil mist
remover.

56
7. WIRING

WARNING
1. Always use a licensed electrician. Do not allow an unlicensed person to wire the compressor. An
unlicensed person may wire the air compressor wrongly, and a wrong wiring may cause an electric
shock.
2. Do not remove any protective relays on the air compressor. Also, do not make a modification of the
control circuit that may result in impairing the protective relay's function. Remember that the loss of
the protective relay's function may cause serious damage to the air compressor such as a burning of
the air end. In the event that you need to modify the control circuit, consult your distributor.
3. Before opening the control panel to service or wire the air compressor, disconnect the power; otherwise
you may receive an electric shock. In addition, attach a notice on the power supply stating “Under the
maintenance work. Keep the switch off.” to prevent someone from carelessly turning the switch on.

7.1 Power Supply Equipment


Use a power supply transformer with adequate kVA and power cable in the table shown below. Lower
capacity and a power cable with adequate thickness and thickness values are based on the power cable length of
length. If properly sized transformers and cables are not less than 10 m. In the event that the power cable is
used, excessive voltage drop could occur when the longer than 10 m, employ a thicker power cable. Provide
START button is pressed, it results in 1.) Motors failing intermediate terminals to keep the power cable
to fully accelerate and/or, 2.) An inefficiently energized thickness lower than the maximum values at the air
control circuit; thus shutting down the air compressor. compressor terminal block. The maximum voltage
To keep a starting voltage drop within an allowable range imbalance between the phases shall be within 1%.
(5% of the rated voltage), use the power supply transformer
Model DSP-37A(R)N DSP-55A(R)N DSP-37VA(R)N DSP-55VA(R)N
Item/Voltage DSP-37WN DSP-55WN DSP-37VWN DSP-55VWN
Power transformer 200 V class
75 or more 100 or more 75 or more 100 or more
capacity (kVA) 400 V class
Power cable 200 V class * 60 or more; up to 100 * 100 or more; up to 150 * 60 or more; up to 100 * 100 or more; up to 150
thickness (mm2) 400 V class * 30 or more; up to 100 * 38 or more; up to 100 * 30 or more; up to 100 * 38 or more; up to 100
Capacity values are reference data; some power supplies may require a larger-capacity transformer.

7.2 Connecting the Power Cable ■ Usable HITACHI Earth Leakage Circuit Breakers
Model 37A(R)N 55A(R)N 37VA(R)N 55VA(R)N
① Wiring inside the air compressor is completed prior to
Item/Voltage 37WN 55WN 37VWN 55VWN
shipment by Hitachi. Refer to “7.3 Wiring Diagram”. 200 V EX400B EX600B RXK225H RX400B
Model of
② Ground resistance requirements are required when connected Hitachi class (225A) (300A) (225A) (350A)
Breakers 400 V EXK225 EXK225 RXK225-H RXK225-H
the power cable and grounding cable. The ground (HITACHI) class (150A) (200A) (150A) (175A)
resistance requirements are shown in the table below: NOTE: Use the earth leakage circuit breaker that is sensitivitycurrent-
Power supply voltage Ground resistance type Ground resistance value switchable (selectable, either 100 mA or 200 mA), and set its
earth leakage sensitivity current to 200 mA.
200 V class Type D 100 Ω or less
400 V class Type C 10 Ω or less ⑦ Disconnect the power and verify that it is safe before
③ For service accessibility to the air compressor, install 1.) Overhauling , 2.) Adding oil and/or 3.) Servicing
the power cable away from the enclosure. the control panel.
④ Install an earth leakage circuit breaker between the ■ Example of Power Cable Connection
air compressor and the power supply for protecting Earth leakage circuit breaker is used also as a disconnect.
the motor.
Earth Leakage
⑤ Use a HITACHI earth leakage circuit breaker. Circuit Breaker
⑥ When using a non-HITACHI earth leakage circuit
breaker, consult your distributor because a selection Turn off the earth leakage
circuit breaker if air
condition may be different between Hitachi and other compressor is not in use.
manufacturers. R1 S1 T1
57
7. WIRING [Connecting the Power Cable]

Remove the control panel cover and connect the power


cables as illustrated below.

CAUTION
Protect the power cables with using attached
rubber bush, conduits and/or protective tubes.
An unprotected power cable can come into
direct contact with the steel plates on the
power cable holes with a slight amount of
vibration. This could damage the cover over
time and result in a short circuit accident.

CAUTION
● Install an earth leakage circuit breaker at the right primary side of the air compressor.
Do not install a disconnect switch such as a knife switch in the wiring, as it is not protect the air
compressor and may result in the burning of motors if a ground fault occurs.

● Ground the air compressor to prevent electric shock or an air compressor failure. Ground
independently and directly to the earth (Do not use the steel skeleton of the building as a ground, as it
could cause an operational failure).

■ Other Operating Precautions


(1) A thermal relay is not provided on the main motor (6) In the cases that a phase advance capacitor installed
circuit. Instead, the electronics-type thermal relay is between power and the air compressor opens and
equipped in the inverter to protect the main motor closes, a surge voltage may be generated in the
overload. inverter input side, which may cause a inverter
(2) Phase failure is only enabled immediately after failure. In such cases, install an AC reactor shown in
connecting the power. If a phase failure occurs during the right table between power and the air compressor.
operation, it is not detected and eventually causes the
inverter to overheat. Tightly fasten the cables/wires Description 37kW 55kW Functions
during installing. Zero phase 200V class
ZCL-A
Reduces the radio frequency
reactor 400V class interference, etc.
(3) Do not install a power-factor enhancing capacitor on
Capacitive 200V class CFI-L Reduces the conductive
the motor side. This may cause the excessive current Filter on noise in the power cable
Input Line 400V class CFI-H wiring by the inverter.
of the inverter, and result in a failure of the inverter.
200V class NF-L250 NF-L300 Reduces radiated noise
(4) If radios, TV sets, or any other electronics devices EMI Filter
400V class NF-H150 from the power cable.
are located around the air compressor, install the
HITACHI noise filters as specified in the right table
on the primary side of the air compressor. Recommended AC reactor
(5) A digital operator for setting and operation is atta Model AC reactor
ched to the inverter on the starter/control box. 37VA(R)N 200 V class ALI-75L2
The digital operator on the factory adjusted tion of 55VA(R)N 400 V class ALI-75H2
the digital operator may cause failure, always do not
operate the digital operator by the operator.

58
7. WIRING [Wiring Diagram]

7.3 Wiring Diagram


1. Wiring Diagram 1 (DSP-37/55A(R)N, 200/220V) ‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥ p. 61
2. Wiring Diagram 1 (DSP-37/55A(R)N, 380-440V) ‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥ p. 62
3. Wiring Diagram 1 (DSP-37/55WN, 200/220V) ‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥ p. 63
4. Wiring Diagram 1 (DSP-37/55WN, 380-440V) ‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥ p. 64
5. Wiring Diagram 1 (DSP-37/55VA(R)N, 200/220V) ‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥ p. 65
6. Wiring Diagram 1 (DSP-37/55VA(R)N, 380-440V) ‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥ p. 66
7. Wiring Diagram 1 (DSP-37/55VWN, 200/220V) ‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥ p. 67
8. Wiring Diagram 1 (DSP-37/55VWN, 380-440V) ‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥ p. 68
9. Wiring Diagram 1 (DSP-37/55A(R)N, 200/220V)(Option : Emergency stop) ‥‥‥‥‥ p. 69
10. Wiring Diagram 1 (DSP-37/55A(R)N, 380-440V)(Option : Emergency stop) ‥‥‥‥‥ p. 70
11. Wiring Diagram 1 (DSP-37/55ARN, 380/460/480V 60Hz)(Option : Emergency stop) ‥ p. 71
12. Wiring Diagram 1 (DSP-37/55WN, 200/220V)(Option : Emergency stop) ‥‥‥‥‥‥ p. 72
13. Wiring Diagram 1 (DSP-37/55WN, 380-480V)(Option : Emergency stop) ‥‥‥‥‥‥ p. 73
14. Wiring Diagram 1 (DSP-37/55VA(R)N, 200/220V)(Option : Emergency stop) ‥‥‥‥ p. 74
15. Wiring Diagram 1 (DSP-37/55VA(R)N, 380-440V)(Option : Emergency stop) ‥‥‥‥ p. 75
16. Wiring Diagram 1 (DSP-37/55VARN, 380/460/480V 60Hz)(Option : Emergency stop) ‥ p. 76
17. Wiring Diagram 1 (DSP-37/55VWN, 200/220V)(Option : Emergency stop) ‥‥‥‥‥ p. 77
18. Wiring Diagram 1 (DSP-37/55VWN, 380-480V)(Option : Emergency stop) ‥‥‥‥‥ p. 78
19. Wiring Diagram 2 (DSP-37/55(V)A(R)N) ‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥ p. 79
20. Wiring Diagram 2 (DSP-37/55(V)WN) ‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥‥ p. 80

59
7. WIRING [Control panel/LCD Monitor Specifications]

7.4 Control panel/LCD Monitor Specifications

Power of
200 V (50 Hz, 60 Hz) / 220 V (60 Hz)
control circuit
Motor Fixed-speed… - △ (three contactor)
starting method Vtype…Inverter-Controlled
Operating (1) Unload Stop (2) Restart for IPI (3) Remote Start/Stop
functions (4) Dryer prestart (5) Lead/lag (option) (6) Scheduling
(7) ECOMODE
Supported (1) POWER light (2) START light (3) SHUTDOWN light
indication (4) LOAD light (5) REMOTE light (6) AUTO light
(lights) (7) AUTO START light
Setting and (1) Capacity control setting and each function setting
indication (1) Discharge pressure (2) Operating hours (3) Discharge temperature
(4-digit digital (4) Load light (5) Alarm/shutdown code (6) Alarm/shutdown history
monitor) (7) Pressure setting
Setting and (1) Monitor display
display - Clock - Capacity control setting - Discharge pressure
(LCD) - Oil pressure - Coolant pressure - Operating hours
- Loading hours - No. of loading times - Discharge air temperature 1
- Oil temperature - Coolant temperature - Amperage Current
- Hours to a next maintenance - Next maintenance item
- Load ratio - Scheduled time
(2) Message display
- Inspection/maintenance - Under automatic stop - Restart
- ISI/retry - Unload stop - Other message
(3) Alarm/shutdown
- Alarm check - Setting/connection check - Power check
- Abnormal stop - Device shutdown
(4) Function menu
- Function setting - Operation type - Capacity control
- Scheduled operation - Operation data recording - Load date recording
- Alarm history - Shutdown history - Shutdown history details
Dry contacts (1) Operation signal output : a contact × 1
(2) Alarm signal output : a contact × 1
(3) Shutdown signal output : a contact × 1
Air compressor continues to operate.
Instantaneous Power Interruption Less than 20 ms
Air compressor stops, blows off and automatically
and Restarting For 20 ms to setting (1)
restarts in setting (2).
For setting (1) or more
Air compressor stops.
Note) Setting(1): Time selected on the instrument panel (1 - 5 sec)
Setting (2): 15 - 60 sec
Unload Stop: Operated by the Unload Stop button located lower on the operating monitor.

60
7. WIRING [Wiring Diagram]

1. Wiring Diagram 1 (DSP-37/55A(R)N, 200/220V)


61
7. WIRING [Wiring Diagram]

2. Wiring Diagram 1 (DSP-37/55A(R)N, 380-440V)


62
7. WIRING [Wiring Diagram]

3. Wiring Diagram 1 (DSP-37/55WN, 200/220V)


63
7. WIRING [Wiring Diagram]

4. Wiring Diagram 1 (DSP-37/55WN, 380-440V)


64
7. WIRING [Wiring Diagram]

5. Wiring Diagram 1 (DSP-37/55VA(R)N, 200/220V)


65
7. WIRING [Wiring Diagram]

6. Wiring Diagram 1 (DSP-37/55VA(R)N, 380-440V)


66
7. WIRING [Wiring Diagram]

7. Wiring Diagram 1 (DSP-37/55VWN, 200/220V)


67
7. WIRING [Wiring Diagram]

8. Wiring Diagram 1 (DSP-37/55VWN, 380-440V)


68
7. WIRING [Wiring Diagram]

9. Wiring Diagram 1 (DSP-37/55A(R)N, 200/220V)(Opttion : Emergency stop)


69
7. WIRING [Wiring Diagram]

10. Wiring Diagram 1 (DSP-37/55A(R)N, 380-440V)(Option : Emergency stop)


70
7. WIRING [Wiring Diagram]

11. Wiring Diagram 1 (DSP-37/55A(R)N, 380/460/480V 60Hz)(Option : Emergency stop)


71
7. WIRING [Wiring Diagram]

12. Wiring Diagram 1 (DSP-37/55WN, 200/220V)(Option : Emergency stop)


72
7. WIRING [Wiring Diagram]

13. Wiring Diagram 1 (DSP-37/55WN, 380-480V)(Option : Emergency stop)


73
7. WIRING [Wiring Diagram]

14. Wiring Diagram 1 (DSP-37/55VA(R)N, 200/220V)(Option : Emergency stop)


74
7. WIRING [Wiring Diagram]

15. Wiring Diagram 1 (DSP-37/55VA(R)N, 380-440V)(Option : Emergency stop)


75
7. WIRING [Wiring Diagram]

16. Wiring Diagram 1 (DSP-37/55VA(R)N, 380/460/480V 60Hz)(Option : Emergency stop)


76
7. WIRING [Wiring Diagram]

17. Wiring Diagram 1 (DSP-37/55VWN, 200/220V)(Option : Emergency stop)


77
7. WIRING [Wiring Diagram]

18. Wiring Diagram 1 (DSP-37/55VWN, 380-480V)(Option : Emergency stop)


78
7. WIRING [Wiring Diagram]

19. Wiring Diagram 2 (DSP-37/55(V)A(R)N)


79
7. WIRING [Wiring Diagram]

20. Wiring Diagram 2 (DSP-37/55(V)WN)


80
8. STANDARD COMPONENTS AND SUBSYSTEMS
8.1 Standard Components
⑴ Airend ⑷ Hi-Precooler, Precooler
A rotor assembly rotates while the timing gear keeps The air-cooled Hi-precooler and the water-cooled
a precise clearance between the male and female precooler is located between the airend and the
rotors. This non-contacting, high speed rotation of aftercooler, and has the following functions:
the rotor assemblies compresses the intake air. -Primarily cool the hot compressed air discharged
There is no oil injected into the rotor assemblies by the airend.
during the compression process, allowing the air
⑸ Aftercooler
compressor to discharge oil free compressed air.
Air-Cooled
⑴ Rotors: The surfaces of the rotors are finished
with a special heat-resistant PTFE-free The air-cooled aftercooler is made of aluminum. It
coating designed to precisely limit the is located downstream of the check valve and
clearances between the male and female reduces the discharge air temperature down to an
rotors and prevent rust. atmospheric temperature +15℃ or lower and
⑵ Bearing: The heavier male rotors are supported separates the water vapor from the discharge air in
by bearings that are larger in diameter, the process.
thus increasing service life. Water-Cooled
⑶ Case: The jackets for oil (air-cooled type) or for
The water-cooled intercooler is shell and tube type.
cooling water (water-cooled type) are
It is located downstream of the check valve and
provided on the case to absorb the heat of
reduces the discharge air temperature down to
compression.
cooling water temperature +13℃ and separates the
⑷ Timing gears: A pair of precision finished timing
water vapor from the discharge air in the process.
gears is mounted on the ends of the rotor
shafts to keep a precise clearance between ⑹ Check valve
the rotors and prevent contact during rotation. The check valve is located downstream of the airend
⑸ Shaft seal: The sealing mechanism consists of and prevents backflow of the discharge air.
both 1.) Air seals and 2.) Visco-type seals. Air
⑺ Lubricating system
seals prevent the compressed air from
The lubricating subsystem consists of the oil pump,
leaking out of the compression chamber.
oil strainer, oil filter, oil cooler and oil relief valve.
Visco-type seals prevent the oil in the gear
The oil pump circulates the oil in the gear case oil
case from entering the compression chamber.
sump through the lubrication subsystem, keeping
⑵ Compressor Drive Train the bearings, gears, etc. lubricated.
The air compressor employs a high efficient, 4-pole,
totally enclosed, and fan-cooled motor. Primarily the
⑻ Air intake filter
The air intake filter is a dry type for easy cleaning or
motor speed is increased by the V-belt pulley drive.
replacement.
Secondarily the rotation speed - both of the 1st- and
2nd-stage air ends - is increased to a rated level by a ⑼ Fan
set of stepup gears in the gear case. Air-Cooled

⑶ Capacity Control System The low noise cooling fan cools the cooler, exhausts
[Fixed-speed type] the hot air within the enclosure, and exhausts the
When the demand of compressed air decreases, the inter nal compressed air that is released to
system closes the suction throttle valve and atmosphere during the unloading (purging) process.
exhausts the internal compressed air to atmosphere Water-Cooled
at the same time, thus unloading the air compressor.
The small cooling fan cools the inside of the
package, and exhausts the internal compressed air
When demand of the compressed air decreases, the that is released to atmosphere during the
system reduces the motor speed. And When unloading (purging) process.
demand of the compressed air decreases more, ※ The indication in the ( ) is for Vtype.
purges the compressed air to atmosphere.

81
8. STANDARD COMPONENTS AND SUBSYSTEMS [Standard Components, Air/Oil/Water Flow]

8.2 Air/Oil/ Water Flow


Air-Cooled

⑽ Coolant Pump Compressed Air Flow


The trochoid type coolant pump circulates the coo
Air flows through the air intake duct, air intake filter,
lant through the coolant subsystem and thereby
and suction throttle valve to the air end. Air is
supplies the coolant to the air end coolant jacket and
compressed and heated by the air end; its pressure is
the coolant cooler.
built up to a rated level in single-stage compression.
High temperature compressed air flows through the
Air-Cooled
check valve to the precooler to the aftercooler. Air is
⑾ Coolant Cooler
cooled primarily by the precooler and secondarily by
The coolant is heat-exchanged or heated in the air
the aftercooler down to an atmospheric temperature
end coolant jacket, and supplied to the coolant +15℃, and discharged to a plant airline pipe.
cooler.
The aluminum-made coolant cooler cools the
Oil Flow
hightemperature coolant down to an atmospheric
temperature +15℃. The oil sump is located in the bottom of the gear case.
Oil is sucked through an oil strainer (oil strainer has a
⑿ Control panel 100-mesh filter screen) by the oil pump and is
The control panel employs a printed circuit board
hydraulically fed to the oil cooler where it is cooled.
on which a microprocessor is mounted to achieve
During the cooling process, oil flows through the high-
easy operation. The air compressor can be operated
precision oil filter and is then injected onto the bearings
remotely.
of the airend as well as the stepup gears. Oil returns to
⒀ Enclosure the oil sump, where it continues to circulate through
The enclosures are attached with the sound the system.
absorbing materials. The front and left enclosure
Air-Cooled
panel includes a door that enables easy maintenance.
Cooling Air Flow
Air-Cooled
The cooling fan removes the heat from the air-cooled, oil
⒁ Dryer cooler, coolant cooler, aftercooler and Hi-precooler, and
Separates condensate from the compressed air from
this heat exchanged air is exhausted through the air
the aftercooler, and drains condensate through the
exhaust grill on the top of the enclosure.
drain trap.

Water-Cooled

Cooling Water Flow


Incoming water cools the Precooler, the water jackets
of the airends, the aftercooler and the oil cooler. Refer
to “Cooling Water Flow Diagram” for the detail of
cooling water flows.

Air-Cooled

Coolant Flow
Coolant flows through the jacket of the air end case.
The heat-exchanged or heated coolant is cooled by the
coolant cooler and is pneumatically circulated by the
coolant pump. The cooling fan removes the heat of the
coolant cooler.

82
8. STANDARD COMPONENTS AND SUBSYSTEMS [Air/Oil/Water Flow]

Flow diagram (Fixed speed type) Air-Cooled

Compressed Air Flow and Oil Flow

53 21 Control air for OMR 39 24 Air exhaust 54 Air exhaust

52
12
37
Air cooler
Air intake for 63SV 22 Compressed
compressed air 51
air discharge
8

11
T/C 23

Condenser
Dryer air inlet
41 34
6 9
2
32 Dryer
4 compressor Dryer
PS4 condensate
5 PS2 drain
TH5
30
31 10
16
33 3

35
TH1 PS3
14

36 7 42 43 44 38 Air intake for 15 13


compressed air
Cooling air flow Compressed air flow Lubricating oil flow Coolant flow

Legend of the Diagram Legend of Sensors and Switches


Compressor Air Flow Oil Flow Symbol Part name
1 Airend 30 Oil Drain Valve (gear case) PS2 Pressure Sensor (discharge air pressure)
2 Gear Case 31 Oil Strainer PS3 Pressure Sensor (Coolant pressure)
3 M Sheave 32 Oil Pump PS4 Pressure Sensor (oil pressure)
4 Pulley 33 Oil Relief Valve T/C Thermocouple (discharge air temperature)
5 Belt 34 Oil Cooler TH1 Temperature Sensor (Coolant temperature)
6 Step-up Gear 35 Oil Filter TH5 Temperature Sensor (oil temperature)
7 Main Motor 36 Temperature Control Valve Pressure Differential Sensor (For
63SV
8 Hi-Precooler 37 Vent Pipe suction filter clogging detection)
9 Check Valve 38 Oil Drain Valve (oil cooler)
10 Aftercooler 39 Oil Mist Remover
11 Air Relief Valve
12 Discharge Port Coolant Flow
13 Drain Solenoid 41 Coolant Cooler
14 Orifice 42 Coolant Pump
15 Y strainer 43 Coolant Strainer
16 Auto Drain Trap (For built-in dryer type) 44 Coolant cooler drain valve

Capacity Control & Blowoff Air Flow Air Flow and Other
21 Air Intake Filter 51 Fan Motor
22 Air Cylindera 52 Enclosure
23 Blowoff Valve 53 Air Intake Duct
24 Blowoff Silencer 54 Cooling fan

83
8. STANDARD COMPONENTS AND SUBSYSTEMS [Air/Oil/Water Flow]

Flow diagram Air-Cooled

Compressed Air Flow and Oil Flow

53 21 Control air for OMR 39 24 22 Air exhaust 54 Air exhaust

52
12
37
M
Air cooler
M
Air intake for 63SV Compressed
compressed air 51 17
air discharge
23 8 M

11
T/C Dryer air inlet

Condenser
40 34
41
M 6 9
2
32 Dryer
4 compressor
PS4 Dryer
PS2 condensate
TH5 5
drain
30
31 10
65
33 3

35
TH1 PS3
14

36 7 42 43 44 38 Air intake for 15 13


compressed air
Cooling air flow Compressed air flow Lubricating oil flow Coolant flow

Legend of the Diagram Legend of Sensors and Switches


Compressor Air Flow Oil Flow Symbol Part name
1 Airend 30 Oil Drain Valve (gear case) PS2 Pressure Sensor (discharge air pressure)
2 Gear Case 31 Oil Strainer PS3 Pressure Sensor (Coolant pressure)
3 M Sheave 32 Oil Pump PS4 Pressure Sensor (oil pressure)
4 Pulley 33 Oil Relief Valve T/C Thermocouple (discharge air temperature)
5 Belt 34 Oil Cooler TH1 Temperature Sensor (Coolant temperature)
6 Step-up Gear 35 Oil Filter TH5 Temperature Sensor (oil temperature)
7 Main Motor 36 Temperature Control Valve Pressure Differential Sensor (For
63SV
8 Hi-Precooler 37 Vent Pipe suction filter clogging detection)
9 Check Valve 38 Oil Drain Valve (oil cooler)
10 Aftercooler 39 Oil Mist Remover
11 Air Relief Valve
12 Discharge Port Coolant Flow
13 Drain Solenoid 41 Coolant Cooler
14 Orifice 42 Coolant Pump
15 Y strainer 43 Coolant Strainer
16 Auto Drain Trap (For built-in dryer type) 44 Coolant cooler drain valve

Capacity Control & Blowoff Air Flow Air Flow and Other
21 Air Intake Filter 51 Fan Motor
22 Blowoff Solenoid Valve (1) 52 Enclosure
23 Blowoff Solenoid Valve (2) 53 Air Intake Duct
24 Blowoff Silencer 54 Cooling fan

84
8. STANDARD COMPONENTS AND SUBSYSTEMS [Air/Oil/Water Flow]

Flow diagram (Fixed-speed type) Water-Cooled

Compressed Air Flow and Oil Flow

53 21 Control air for OMR 39 24 Air exhaust 51

52

37

Air intake for 63SV 22


compressed air
10 8

1 11

9
T/C 23
12
6
2
32 Compressed
4
PS4 air discharge
PS2
TH5 5
30
31
33
35 3 34
16

Water out (1B)


Water in (1B)
PSC 14
Water drain port
(1/2B)

36 7 38 15 13

Cooling air flow Compressed air flow Lubricating oil flow Cooling water flow

Legend of the Diagram Legend of Sensors and Switches


Compressor Air Flow Capacity Control & Blowoff Air Flow Symbol Part name
1 Airend 21 Air Intake Filter PS2 Pressure Sensor (discharge air pressure)
2 Gear Case 22 Air Cylinder PS4 Pressure Sensor (oil pressure)
3 M Sheave 23 Blowoff Valve T/C Thermocouple (discharge air temperature)
4 Pulley 24 Blowoff Silencer TH5 Temperature Sensor (oil temperature)
5 Belt Pressure Differential Sensor (For
63SV
6 Step-up Gear Oil Flow suction filter clogging detection)
7 Main Motor 30 Oil Drain Valve (gear case) PSC Water Flow Relay
8 Precooler 31 Oil Strainer
9 Check Valve 32 Oil Pump
10 Aftercooler 33 Oil Relief Valve
11 Air Relief Valve 34 Oil Cooler
12 Discharge Port 35 Oil Filter
13 Drain Solenoid 36 Temperature Control Valve
14 Orifice 38 Oil Drain Valve (oil cooler)
15 Y-type Strainer 39 Oil Mist Remover
16 Water drain pet cock
Air Flow and Other
51 Fan
52 Enclosure
53 Air Intake Duct

85
8. STANDARD COMPONENTS AND SUBSYSTEMS [Air/Oil/Water Flow]

Flow diagram Water-Cooled

Compressed Air Flow and Oil Flow

53 21 Control air for OMR 39 24 22 Air exhaust 51


52

37
M
Air intake for 63SV M
compressed air
10 8
23
1 11

9
T/C 17
40
M 6 12
2
32 M
4
PS4
PS2 Compressed
TH5 5 air discharge
30
31
33
35 3 34
16

Water out (1B)


Water in (1B)
M
18
Water drain port PSC 14
(1/2B)

36 7 38 15 13

Cooling air flow Compressed air flow Lubricating oil flow Cooling water flow

Legend of the Diagram Legend of Sensors and Switches


Compressor Air Flow Capacity Control & Blowoff Air Flow Symbol Part name
1 Airend 21 Air Intake Filter PS2 Pressure Sensor (discharge air pressure)
2 Gear Case 22 Blowoff Solenoid Valve (1) PS4 Pressure Sensor (oil pressure)
3 M Sheave 23 Blowoff Solenoid Valve (2) T/C Thermocouple (discharge air temperature)
4 Pulley 24 Blowoff Silencer TH5 Temperature Sensor (oil temperature)
5 Belt Pressure Differential Sensor (For
63SV
6 Step-up Gear Oil Flow suction filter clogging detection)
7 Main Motor 30 Oil Drain Valve (gear case) PSC Water Flow Relay
8 Precooler 31 Oil Strainer
9 Check Valve 32 Oil Pump
10 Aftercooler 33 Oil Relief Valve
11 Air Relief Valve 34 Oil Cooler
12 Discharge Port 35 Oil Filter
13 Solenoid valve (with strainer) 36 Temperature Control Valve
14 Orifice 38 Oil Drain Valve (oil cooler)
15 Y-type Strainer 39 Oil Mist Remover
16 Water drain pet cock
17 Motorized isolation valve Air Flow and Other
18 Motorized water isolation valve 51 Fan
52 Enclosure
53 Air Intake Duct

86
8. STANDARD COMPONENTS AND SUBSYSTEMS [Cooling Water]

8.3 Cooling Water Water-Cooled a) The cooling water pipe could freeze and burst in
cold temperatures.
1. Cooling Water Quality b) The airend case can be overcooled and develop
If a cooling tower (open-type circulatory cooling water moisture internally; thus leading to scaling in the
system) supplies the cooling water to the Air cooling water jackets.
compressor, problems such as corrosion, scale, and
② Clean the cooling water subsystem (cooling water
slime may be caused by:
jackets of the first- and second-stage airends,
(1) higher mineral content due to concentration,
intercooler, aftercooler, and oil cooler) periodically.
(2) contamination by foreign matter like insects, and/or
(3) production of algae or bacterium. Using the best 2. Control of Cooling Water
quality cooling water is highly recommended. The service life of the cooling water system depends on
(4) Refer to the table “Cooling Water Quality” below for water quality. If the cooling water quality is not within
the open type circulatory system. specification, the cooler pipes can corrode or scaling can
① Stop the cooling water flow, when the air compressor occur. To avoid the problem, periodically sample the
has stopped. Open the petcock and the water drain cooling water used and subject it to a quality inspection.
valve to drain the cooling water (see Figure 1 below). 3. Quantity and Pressure of Cooling Water
Failure to perform step 1, can lead to the following: Refer to the table “Quantity and Pressure of Cooling
Water” below.

CAUTION
Performance of the coolers varies depending
Water drain pet cock
on the extent of throttling the stop valves at
the cooling water inlet and outlet.
To control the cooling water flow rate, throttle
the stop valve at the outlet and leave the stop
Water drain port
valve at the inlet opened completely.
Water drain port
Cooling water discharge valve

■ Cooling Water Quality


Problem
No Item Make-up Water System Water Used
Corrosion Scale
1 pH [at 25℃] 6.0 to 8.0 6.5 to 8.0 ○ ○
2 Electrical Conductance [at 25℃] (ms/m) less than 30 less than 80 ○ ○
3 Chloride Ion Clー (mgClー/ liter) less than 50 less than 200 ○ −
4 Sulfuric Acid Ion SO42ー (mgSO42ー /ℓ) less than 50 less than 200 ○ −
5 Acid Consumption [at pH 4.8] (mgCaCO3 /ℓ) less than 50 less than 100 − ○
6 Total Hardness (mgCaCO3 /ℓ) less than 70 less than 200 − ○
7 Calcium Hardness (mgCaCO3 /ℓ) less than 50 less than 150 − ○
8 Ferrous Substance (mgFe/ℓ) less than 0.3 less than 1.0 ○ ○
9 Sulphur Ion S2ー (mgS2ー /ℓ) Not detected Not detected ○ −
10 Ammonium Ion NH4 (mgNH4+ /ℓ) less than 0.1 less than 1.0 ○ −
11 Ionizing Silica SiO2 (mgSiO2 / liter) less than 30 less than 50 − ○
12 Isolated Carbonic Acid CO2 (mgCO2 /ℓ) less than 4 less than 4 ○ −
13 Nitric Acid Ion NO3ー (mgNO3 ー /ℓ) less than 0.5 less than 0.5 ○ −
14 Organic Substance (KMnO4 Consumption) (mg/ℓ) less than 10 less than 10 ○ ○
15 Turbidity (mg/ℓ) less than 10 less than 10 ○ ○
Notes: 1. Cooling Water is the one that passes through a heat exchanger of circulatory or non-circulatory system.
Make-up Water is the one that is supplied to a cooling tower.
2. Above No. 1, 2, 4, 5, 7∼12 are based on the standard: JRA-GL-02-1994.JRA: (Japan Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Industry Association)
3. The above criteria does NOT give any assurance of trouble-free or problem-free conditions due to other and time-depending factors but the minimum
requirement.

■ Quantity and Pressure of Cooling Water


Model
DSP-37(V)WN DSP-55(V)WN
Item
Max. inlet temp. °C 32 or less
Total flow rate liter/min 80
Min. pressure differential (between inlet and outlet) MPa 0.20 or more
Temp. differential (between inlet and outlet) °C 7 8
Required water pressure MPa 0.20 - 0.49

87
8. STANDARD COMPONENTS AND SUBSYSTEMS [Capacity Control System]

8.4 Capacity Control System


8.4.1 Standard Load-Unload Operation
When a demand of the compressed air has decreased blowoff valve opens to blow the internal compressed air
and the discharge air pipe pressure has risen to as high off to the atmosphere.
as 0.70 MPa, the pressure sensor detects the high When a demand of the compressed air has increased
pressure. The operation of the pressure sensor and the discharge air pipe pressure has dropped to as
energizes the 3-way solenoid valve to change its port-to- low as 0.60 MPa, the pressure sensor detects the low
port connection. As a result, the control air flows to the pressure. In a reverse action of the 3-way solenoid
chamber (A) of the suction throttle valve. Because the valve, the suction throttle valve, and the blowoff valve,
chamber (A) is pressurized the suction throttle valve the air end reloads. In case of 0.4MPa model, standard
closes; thus the air end unloads. At the same time the cut-out pressure is 0.40MPa and standard cut-in
DSP-37/55A(R)N, WN pressure is 0.30MPa.

STARTING UNLOADING RELOADING STOPPING


Suction throttle valve (STV) closed Air demand decreases Air demand increases STOP button ON

START button ON Discharge pipe pressure rises Discharge pipe pressure drops 3-way solenoid valve (20Ux)
switched over to pressurize
Airend starts rotation to Pressure sensor (PS) operates Pressure sensor (PS) operates Chamber (A)
compress minor amounts of air
3-way solenoid valve (20Ux) 3-way solenoid valve (20Ux) Suction throttle valve
Starts in no load switched over to pressurize switched over to pressurize (STV) closes
Chamber (A) Chamber (B)
Changes to full voltage delta connection Blowoff valve opens
Suction throttle valve Suction throttle valve
3-way solenoid valve (20Ux) (STV) closes (STV) opens
switched over to connect Internal air in discharge pipe
Chamber (A) & Chamber (C) Blowoff valve opens Blowoff valve closes is exhausted to atmosphere

Suction throttle valve (STV) opens Loading Compressor stops


Internal air in discharge pipe
is exhausted to atmosphere
Loading
To Chamber (B) Control air flow
Vacuum valve
Blowoff valve
Starting/Stopping
To Chamber (A)
Loading
Air Intake
Unloading
吸込み
バイパス弁
3-Way Solenoid Valve (1)
Chamber (B) Chamber
Chamber (A)
(C) To the
Atmosphere
Suction Throttle Valve COM COM
COM
NO
NC NC
NO 20U2 NO NC
3-Way Solenoid 20U3 3-Way Solenoid
Valve (3) Valve (2) 3-Way Solenoid Valve (1)
Connected only 25 seconds after 20U1
unloader timer is energized in a
starting process

Airend
Control Line Filter

Pressure sensor

Check valve Aftercooler PS2


Hi-Precooler

Compressed
Air Discharge

88
8. STANDARD COMPONENTS AND SUBSYSTEMS [Capacity Control System]

8.4.2 Optional AUTO Operation


AUTO operation is the Auto start - stop function in When the load ratio is less than 30%, CPU stop the main
addition to a standard on-off line, 0% or 100% capacity motor. And automatically restar t when the line
2-step control. The CPU on the PC board is continually pressure is dropped to cut-in pressure.
calculating a load ratio.

STARTING UNLOADING RELOADING STOPPING


Suction throttle valve (STV) closed Air demand decreases Air demand increases STOP button ON

START button ON Discharge pipe pressure rises Discharge pipe pressure drops 3-way solenoid valve (20Ux)
switched over to pressurize Load-Unload Operation
Chamber (A)
Airend starts rotation to Pressure sensor (PS) operates Pressure sensor (PS) operates
compress minor amounts of air
Suction throttle valve
3-way solenoid valve (20Ux) 3-way solenoid valve (20Ux) (STV) closes
Starts in no load switched over to pressurize switched over to pressurize
Chamber (A) Chamber (B)
Changes to full voltage Blowoff valve opens
delta connection Suction throttle valve Suction throttle valve
(STV) closes (STV) opens Internal air in discharge
3-way solenoid valve (20Ux) pipe is exhausted to
switched over to connect atmosphere
Chamber (A) & Chamber (C) Blowoffvalve opens Blowoff valve closes

Suction throttle valve (STV) opens Compressor stops


Internal air in discharge Loading
pipe is exhausted to
Loading atmosphere

How long has Less than 10 minutes


motor been
running ?
10 minutes or more

30% or more
Load ratio ?

Less than 30%

Has motor stopped and YES


restarted 3 times or more for
90 minutes ? If the third stop is done after 70
minutes or more has passed
NO after the first stop, the motor
continues to operate for 20
minutes after restart of the air
compressor, and then return to
the initial cycle.

Motor stops automatically


AUTO Operation

What is the plant How long has


compressed air piping motor been
Less pressure ? 15 sec or stopped ?
than more
specified Less than
15 seconds

More than specified STV: Suction Throttle Valve


20Ux: 3-Way Solenoid Valve

89
8. STANDARD COMPONENTS AND SUBSYSTEMS [Capacity Control System]

8.4.3 Typical Change of Pressure


⑴ Standard Offline-or-Online, 0%-or-100%-Capacity, 2-Step Control
Starting and
Pressure Loading Unloading Loading
Raising

0.70

0.60
Pressure

Air Receiver Pressure

MPa
Air discharge pressure
after aftercooler

0.10

Time

⑵ Optional AUTO Operation


⑴ Stop Delay Time-Requires 15 seconds
(1) Stop Delay (2) Stop Delay (3) Start Delay
(10 minutes) (30% load) (15 seconds) of motor operation to sufficiently cool
Starting
Repeated Automatic Automatic down the motor.
and
Loading
Pressure
Raising
Loading/Unloading Motor Stop Motor Restart If the third stop is done after 70


minutes or more has passed after
Air Receiver Pressure Indications on LCD the first stop, the motor continues
0.70
to operate for 20 minutes after
restart of the air compressor, and
0.60
then return to the initial cycle.
Pressure

⑵ Stop Delay Time – The air compressor


is continually calculating a load ratio.
Air discharge pressure If the load ratio is 30% and the motor
MPa after aftercooler has stopped/restarted maximum 3
times for the past 90 minutes, then
the motor stops.
0.10
⑶ Stop Delay Time – Requires 10 seconds
Time
to completely exhaust internal
compressed air and prepare to restart.

⑶ ECOMODE Operation Power Save Operation


load/unload cycling interval
(standard 30 seconds)
Starting
and
Pressure Loading Unloading Loading Unloading
Raising Loading Unloading Loading Unloading

0.70

* 0.62(minimum)
0.60 (Note)
Pressure

Air Receiver ECOMODE setting


Pressure
Target pressure: 0.62 MPa
Toad/unload cycling interval: 30 sec
Air discharge pressure
MPa after aftercooler
The pressure with asterisk may vary
depending on the air receiver’s capacity
0.10 and the amount of air consumption.

Time

90
8. STANDARD COMPONENTS AND SUBSYSTEMS [Capacity Control System]

8.4.4 Capacity Control System


Purging Air Flow and Action of Blowoff Solenoid Valve
Air intake Blowoff solenoid Blowoff solenoid
Operation phase
valve (1) valve (2)
Blowoff solenoid valve (2) Starting Fully opened Fully closed
Loading Fully closed Fully closed
Purging Fully opened Fully closed
Stop Fully opened Fully opened
Abnormal Rise of Pressure – Fully opened
Air Intake filter Blowoff solenoid valve (1) Power Interruption Fully closed Fully opened

Airend

Pressure sensor
Blowoff
Precooler silencer
Check valve Aftercooler

Air
discharge

8.4.5 Relationship between Air Consumption Rate and Capacity Control System
Rated Air Pressure setting (MPa)
Operating Capacity
Model pressure consumption Capacity control system Example control type
(%) frequency (Hz) Initial
(MPa) of Lower
37kW 100 - 70 60 - 42
0.70 0.70 0.60 AUTO ON
55kW 100 - 56 60 - 34 ① CPCS motor Control (VSDA)
or
37kW 100 - 56 60 - 34 speed control pressure
AUTO OFF
0.30 0.30 − (VSDB)
55kW 100 - 48 60 - 29

37kW 70 - 4 24 Cut-out
pressure 0.72 0.70
0.70 AUTO ON
Cut-in 0.67 0.60
55kW 56 - 4 19 pressure (VSDA)
② Two-step purge
or
control Cut-out
37kW 56 - 4 19 AUTO OFF
pressure 0.32 (VSDB)
0.30 −
Cut-in 0.27
55kW 48 - 4 16 pressure

All 0.70 Main motor ③ Motor stop/ Cut-in 0.67 0.60 AUTO ON
4-0
model 0.30 stop restart control pressure 0.27 − (VSDA)

The air compressor supports the three (3) capacity control systems as shown above.
Depending on the varying air consumption, an appropriate system is automatically selected. For more information, see
the following page. Operation frequency is shown by Digital monitor. LCD monitor displays up to first figure after
decimal place.

IMPORTANT

To change the pressure settings and the capacity control


type, see page 25.

91
8. STANDARD COMPONENTS AND SUBSYSTEMS [Capacity Control System]

① CPCS Motor Speed Control


Based on the pressure signals detected by the pressure
sensor, the built in circuit board’s CPU performs PID IMPORTANT
operations or calculates the motor speed that meets the
compressed air consumption rate, and then inputs the PID stands for Proportional, Integral, and Differential.
calculated results to the inverter. The inverter outputs CPCS stands for Constant Pressure Control System.
the instructions of the corresponding frequency to the
motor. The discharge pressure is controlled within a
targeted range due to the increasing and decreasing
speeds of the motor.
CPCS Motor Speed Control by Inverter and CPU

Compressed Constant Pressure


Pressure P: proportional Inverter Motor DSP air of the Discharge Air

I : integral
Pressure sensor

D: differential

② Two-Step Purge Control


Two-Step Purge Control is activated if the following
conditions occur at the same time.
IMPORTANT
・The operating frequency drops to 42 Hz (equivalent to
70% of the air consumption). The differential range between the Cut-out pressure and
・The pressure detected by the pressure sensor rises to the Cut-in pressure must be 0.05 MPa or more.
a cut-out (purge-start) pressure.
The blowoff solenoid valve (1) operates to start purging
the compressed air (contained between the airend and
the check valve) to atmosphere. The system decreases
the operating frequency to its lowest operating Pressure
frequency, 24 Hz, thus saving power. When the pressure ① ② ①

detected by the pressure sensor drops to a cut-in (purge- Cut-in Pressure


stop) pressure, the system increases the frequency to 42 Minimum
0.05 MPa
Hz and the blowoff solenoid valve (1) operates to stop Control Pressure
Minimum
the purging, returning the system control back to CPCS Cut-out Pressure
0.01MPa

Motor Speed Control. (37 kW/0.7MPa Types) Time

③ Motor Stop/Restart Control Q>70% Q≦70%


or or
Motor Stop/Restart Control is activated under one of the Hz>42 Hz≦42
Operation Frequency Hz
following conditions. (Q≦45%)

・Air consumption decreases to 4 %


Q>4% Q≦4%
・Purge operating continues for 3 minutes. or
T<3 minutes Air Consumption Q
or
T≧3 minutes
The system then automatically stops the motor. For or
Purging Time T
protection, the motor can only be stopped once every 10 Number of
N>1 Motor Stopping N
operating minutes. When the pressure detected by the (for 10 minutes)
pressure sensor drops to a cut-out (purge-stop) pressure, N≦1
① ② ③
the system automatically restarts the motor, returning
CPCS Motor Two-Step Purge Motor Stop/Restart
the system control to CPCS Motor Speed Control. Speed Control Start/Stop Control Control

IMPORTANT

(1) Once the motor has stopped, it cannot restart for 15


Air Consumption

100

seconds.
Q (%)

② ② ②
(2) The plant’s system pressure may drop drastically before
the motor restarts, 15 seconds later. To avoid such 0
③ ③
problems, install an air receiver tank of 1.24 m3 or larger. The values are for air-cooled, 37 kW, 0.7 MPa type.

92
8. STANDARD COMPONENTS AND SUBSYSTEMS [Capacity Control System]

8.4.6 PQ Wide Mode – Capacity Control Flow Settings


NOTE: PQ Wide Mode is set to OFF at the time of shipment from the factory. If PQ Wide Mode is required, it
needs to be set to ON on the instrument panel.
(1) PQ Wide Mode
Power Savings are Desired Higher Capacity is Desired
Reliable energy savings are achieved PQ Wide Mode: Increasing the capacity of the air compressor is
by lowering operating pressure. OFF achieved by utilizing the maximum power of the PQ Wide Mode:
air compressor at lower operating pressure. ON
100
Power consumption (%)

Pa ① ②
7M
0.

90 Pa
6M ②
0.
a
MP 100

Power consumption (%)


0.5
80 Pa
Pa 7M
0.
0.4
M

90
70

Pa
5M
80 0.
a
MP
80 90 100 110 0.4
Air consumption (%)
70
This figure is intended for 0.7 MPa type.

① By reducing the operating pressure from 0.7MPa to 90 100 110 120 130
0.6MPa, the maximum consumption power is
Air consumption (%)
automatically limited to approximately 92% of the
consumption power at 0.7MPa. ① By reducing the operating pressure from 0.70 MPa
to 0.50 MPa, the power consumption is reduced to
② By reducing the operating pressure further down to
85%, and further reduced to 79% at 0.40 MPa.
0.5MPa, the consumption power is reduced to
approximately 85%. The consumption power at 0.4 ② By reducing the operating pressure from 0.70 MPa
MPa is approximately 79%. to 0.50MPa, PQ-Wide Mode utilizes the surplus
power from the reduction in pressure to increase the
If reducing the power is desired; the “PQ Wide Mode:
capacity up to approximately 118% of the rated
OFF” is recommended.
capacity, and further increased to 126% at 0.40MPa.

The consumption power is 100%, utilizing the maximum


rated power of the air compressor at a lower operating
pressure for maximum capacity. If maximum capacity
is desired; the “PQ Wide Mode: ON” is recommended.

(2) PQ wide mode settings 運転管理


表示切替/
ワイドモード
RUNNING CONTROL SELECT/WIDE

The settings for PQ Wide Mode are to be changed


while the air compressor is stopped. Press the 警 報
1
ALARM

SELECT/WIDE button on the instrument panel. See 機 能 リセット


ON: The Light blinks.
page 29 to 32 for the control pressure setting.
RESET

OFF: The Light is off.


FUNC

表示切替/
遠 方 ワイドモード
REMOTE SELECT/WIDE

記 憶
表示切替/ワイドモード
STR 1
Set by button

93
8. STANDARD COMPONENTS AND SUBSYSTEMS [Dryer System]

8.5 Dryer System


Air cooler
: Air flow
Compressed air inlet Compressed air outlet
: Ventilation

: Refrigerant flow
Precooler Ⓐ

Air cooler Ⓑ

Refrigerant
evaporating Heat exchanger
pressure gauge

P Automatic drain
trap Ⓒ

Ejector Ⓗ Fan Ⓕ
Charge valve
High pressure switch
PS1

PS2
Fan control switch

Hot gas bypass valve Ⓖ


Condenser Ⓔ

Accumulator Ⓘ

Refrigeration
compressor

8.4.1 Compressor Air Side 8.4.2 Refrigerant Side


Compressed air is precooled in the aftercooler and then Hot and pressurized refrigerant gas is sent from the
sent to the heat exchanger precooler Ⓐ, where the air refrigeration compressor Ⓓ to the condenser Ⓔ,
is heat-exchanged with cooled compressed air. The air where the gas is cooled with fan Ⓕ to form pressurized
is further cooled when heat-exchanged with refrigerant liquid refrigerant.
in the air cooler Ⓑ. During this process, vapor in the This high-pressure refrigerant is ejected by the ejector
compressed air is condensed, which is automatically Ⓗ to form low-pressure liquid refrigerant before sent to
the air cooler Ⓑ. Here, the refrigerant is heat-
discharged through the automatic drain trap Ⓒ.
exchanged with compressed air to form overheated
Cooled compressed air is heated in the precooler Ⓐ,
steam. After the liquid refrigerant is separated by
which is heat-exchanged with compressed air before
accumulator Ⓘ, the steam is taken in refrigeration
discharged.
compressor Ⓓ, where it is compressed again and
discharge d. This cycle is repeated.
The hot gas bypass valve Ⓖ automatically actuates
according to load and surrounding conditions. This
valve keeps the evaporating temperature of refrigerant
constant to prevent condensed water from freezing due
to excessive cooling during low-temperature no-load
operation.
94
8. STANDARD COMPONENTS AND SUBSYSTEMS [Oil Mist Remover System]

8.6 Oil Mist Remover System

OMR Relief Valve Remover Element Ejector


Opens when pressure in A high-performance Uses compressed air
the gear case excessive- element to separate to generate a vacuum
ly rises to prevent inter- fine oil mists. pressure, which main-
nal pressure increase. tains a negative pres-
sure in the housing.

Vacuum Indicator
Air End
Indicates that the ejec-
tor is operating properly
and that the gear case
internal pressure is
negative.

Oil Pump
Air Source
Gear Case

Filter Regulator Pressure Gauge Float Trap Solenoid Valve


Removes dust particles Maintains supply Indicates supply pres- Automatically collects oil Closes when the com-
and condensate from pressure to the sure to the ejector. to the suction side of oil pressor stops run-
the air source. ejector constant. pump when oil is accu- ning, stopping the
mulated in the housing. consumption of air.

When the compressor starts running, The incorporated ejector uses the compressed air to
oil mist is vented from the vent pipe. generate a vacuum pressure, which maintains a
negative pressure on the oil mist remover subsystem.
This prevents the gear case internal pressure from
When the line pressure rises,
the ejector actuates. rising due to a resistance of the element.
By installing the oil mist remover:
Negative pressure is maintained in There is no need to extend a gear case vent pipe
the oil mist remover. ① outdoors, avoiding any type of trouble that may be caused
by incorrect installation of the gear case vent pipe.

Without increase of gear case internal pressure, Oil mists are prevented from venting from the gear
the high-performance remover element removes ② case to atmosphere, keeping the compressor room/
oil mist. area clean.

Oil expenses and labor costs to add extra oil are


Separated oil is ③ lowered because the oil is automatically recovered in
recovered in the gear case and reused. the gear case.

CAUTION
The oil mist remover reduces oil consumption to almost zero. However, the oil should still be replaced
bi-annually.

95
9. MAINTENANCE

CAUTION
● Before servicing the air compressor, carefully read “SAFETY PRECAUTIONS” ( page 2 - 5).
● Before servicing , disconnect the power to prevent an electric shock.
● Before removing or disassembling any parts on the air compressor, stop it, disconnect the power and
make sure that the internal pressure of the air compressor has dropped to atmospheric pressure to
prevent high pressure air from blowing off and causing injury. Special attention must be paid to the
piping between the compressor check valve and stop valve located in the air discharge piping.

9.1 Periodical Maintenance of Air Compressor

1 Daily Operation Control


On a daily basis, fill out the OPERATION RECORD
LOGBOOK ( page 148) with the operating data
and conditions of the air compressor. If the data
deviates from the benchmark in the logbook, service
the air compressor or call the local HITACHI
distributor/master dealer or representative office for
service. Drain the condensate on a daily basis and
observe other daily operating instructions ( page
97 and 100).

2 Maintenance at Periodic Intervals


① The periodic maintenance schedules are based on ② Standard maintenance ser vice is not considered
normal environmental and operating conditions, if warranty.
the environmental and operating conditions of the ③ During inspection, if a part is found to be worn,
air compressor are severe, service the air compressor faulty or damaged, replace it.
at more frequent intervals. Standard maintenance is
④ The annual maintenance schedule is considered the
divided into two types of schedules: (A) is based on
most important preventative maintenance service.
8,000 operating hours per year and (B) is based on
Do not neglect this maintenance schedule.
4,000 operating hours per year. Select the
⑤ Use genuine HITACHI replacement parts.
maintenance schedule that best fits the operating
hours of the air compressor. If the air compressor is
in severe operating conditions (high humidity, high
dust, etc.), it is recommended to use Maintenance
Schedule (A), regardless of the operating hours.

3 Overhauling
Overhauling consists of changing the existing
airend with a new replacement airend.
Overhaul the air compressor at 6 years.

96
9. MAINTENANCE [Standard Maintenance Schedule]

9.2 Standard Maintenance Schedule


Maintenance Schedule A (for 8,000 hours/year or less operation)
Follow this schedule (A) if the MAINT.SCHEDULE : A appears on the LCD monitor.
○●… Replace △○… Complete service in house
△▲… Clean or check ▲●… Ask your distributor to service
A: Air-cooled W: Water-cooled

1 Daily Schedule (for 8,000 hours/year or less operation)


Part or Item Action Category Type Remark
LCD indications Check △ Fixed/V A/W Record data in the OPERATION RECORD LOGBOOK.
Oil level Check △ Fixed/V A/W Add as required.
Coolant level Check △ Fixed/V A Add as required.
Aftercooler - Condensate Drain △ Fixed/V A/W
Control line filter - Condensate Check △ Fixed A/W

2 Bi-Annual Schedule (for 8,000 hours/year or less operation)


Part or Item Action Category Type Remarks
Air intake fitter Clean △ Fixed/V A/W
Control line filter- Condensate Clean △ Fixed A/W
Strainer – Aftercooler condensate drain Clean △ Fixed V A/W
Lubricating oil Replace ○ Fixed V A/W
Oil strainer (primary) Clean ▲ Fixed/V A/W
Oil filter (secondary) – Pressure Check ▲ Fixed/V A/W Replace as required.
Aftercooler / Oil cooler / Coolant cooler (Air side) Check & Clean ▲ Fixed/V A Clean as required.
Aftercooler / Oil cooler / Precooler Check & Clean ▲ Fixed/V W Clean as required.
Hi-Precooler (Air side) Check & Clean ▲ Fixed/V A Clean as required.
Blowoff solenoid valve - Operation Check ▲ Fixed/V A/W
Check valve - Leakage Check ▲ Fixed/V A/W
AIr relief valve - Operation Check ▲ Fixed/V A/W
Mechanical seal, coolant pump Check ▲ Fixed/V A

3 Annual and 3-Year Schedule (for 8,000 hours/year or less operation)


Category
Part or Item Action Type Remarks
1-year Every 3-yea
Joints, Bolts, Nuts Tighten/Check △ Fixed/V A/W
Gasket - Aftercooler condensate strainer Replace ○ Fixed/V A/W
Air intake filter Replace ○ Fixed/V A/W
Oil strainer (primary) Clean ▲ Fixed/V A/W
Check for tension and abnormal noise.
Belt, Pulley Check ▲ Fixed/V A/W
Visually check for wear. Replace as required.
Thermistor, Pressure sensor, PCB other Electric parts Check ▲ Fixed/V A/W Change any operating parts in need of replacement.
Fan Check for crack/Clean ▲ Fixed/V A/W
Cooling fan for control panel Check for crack/Clean ▲ V A/W
Cooling fan, inverter Check for crack/Clean ▲ V A/W Clean the fin.
Each boards, inverter Check ▲ V A/W Change any operating parts in need of replacement.
Aftercooler/Oil cooler/Coolant cooler Check & Clean ▲ Fixed/V A
Aftercooler / Oil cooler / Precooler Check & Clean ▲ Fixed/V W
Hi-Precooler Check & Clean ▲ Fixed/V A
Air End Casing Jacket Check & Clean ▲ Fixed/V W
Orifice- Aftercooler condensate Check & Clean ▲ Fixed/V A/W
3-Way solenoid valve & capacity control system Check ▲ Fixed A/W Replace as required.
Blowoff solenoid Valve Check ▲ V A/W
Air relief valve Check & Clean ▲ Fixed/V A/W

97
9. MAINTENANCE [Standard Maintenance Schedule]

Category
Part or Item Action Type Remarks
1-year Every 3-year
Protection, Safety Device Check ▲ Fixed/V A/W Change any operating parts in need of replacement.
Motors Check & Clean ▲ Fixed/V A/W Clean and measure the insulation for any resistance.
Coolant pump Check ▲ Fixed/V A
Pressure cap Check ▲ Fixed/V A Clean and replace as required.
Coolant strainer Replace ▲ Fixed/V A
Gasket, coolant strainer Replace ● Fixed/V A
Oil filter (secondary) Replace ● Fixed/V A/W
Consumable parts - Suction throttle valve Replace ● Fixed A/W Replace the gaskets, etc together.
Seal washer - Suction throttle valve Replace ● Fixed A/W
Relay (Drain solenoid valve) Replace ● Fixed/V A/W

4 2-Year and 4-Year Schedule (for 8,000 hours/year or less operation)


Category
Part or Item Action Type Remark
2-year 4-year
Coolant Replace ○ Fixed/V A
Control line filter element Replace ○ Fixed A/W Replace the O-ring as well.
Inverter Check ▲ V A/W Clean the fin.
Blowoff solenoid valve (1) (2) Replace ● V A/W Can be extended depends on the number of ON/OFF
Check valve Replace ● Fixed/V A/W
Solenoid valve - Aftercooler condensate Replace ● Fixed/V A/W
Strainer - Aftercooler condensate Replace ● Fixed/V A/W
Cooling fan, inverter Replace ● V A/W
Cooling fan for control panel Replace ● V A/W
Belt Replace ● Fixed/V A/W Replace the pulley as well if necessary.
Pressure cap Replace ● Fixed/V A
Consumable parts - Oil Pump Replace ● Fixed/V A/W Replace the gaskets, etc together.
Consumable parts, coolant pump Replace ● Fixed/V A
Each boards, diode module, flat cable, Check for contamination and discoloration. Replace as
Check/Clean/Replace ● V A/W
inverter required. May be further used if appropriate (except FFC)
Main motor bearing Replace ● Fixed/V A/W

5 6-Year Schedule: Overhauling (for 8,000 hours/year or less operation)


Part or Item Action Category Type Remark
Electromagnetic contactor Check ▲ Fixed/V A/W Replace as required.
Fan motor bearing Replace ● Fixed/V A/W
Bearings, coolant pump motor Replace ● Fixed/V A
Airend Replace ● Fixed/V A/W A whole airend is replaced with a new.
Bearing for gear case Replace ● Fixed/V A/W
3-Way solenoid valve Replace ● Fixed A/W
Oil strainer (primary) Replace ● Fixed/V A/W
Coolant strainer Replace ● Fixed/V A
Shaft seal parts Replace ● Fixed/V A/W For gear case
Control line filter - Condensate Replace ● Fixed A/W
Oil level gauge Replace ● Fixed/V A/W
Temperature control valve Replace ● Fixed/V A/W Replace the O-ring as well.
Oil flow solenoid valve Replace ● V A/W
Smoothing condenser - Inverter Replace ● V A/W
Check for contamination and discoloration.
PC board assembly (Including LCD) Check/Clean/Replace ● Fixed/V A/W
Replace if faulty. May be used further if appropriate.
Lithium battery Replace ● Fixed/V A/W
※For the 3rd overhaul, the air ends shall be replaced with new ones.

98
9. MAINTENANCE [Standard Maintenance Schedule]

Maintenance Schedule B (for 4,000 hours/year or less operation)


Follow this schedule (B) if the MAINT.SCHEDULE : B appears on the LCD monitor.
○●… Replace △○… Complete service in house
△▲… Clean or check ▲●… Ask your distributor to service
A: Air-cooled W: Water-cooled

1 Daily Schedule (for 4,000 hours/year or less operation)


Part or Item Action Category Type Remark
LCD indications Check △ Fixed/V A/W Record data in the OPERATION RECORD LOGBOOK.
Oil level Check △ Fixed/V A/W Add as required
Coolant level Check △ Fixed/V A Add as required
Aftercooler - Condensate Drain △ Fixed/V A/W
Control line filter - Condensate Check △ Fixed A/W

2 Bi-Annual Schedule (for 4,000 hours/year or less operation)


Part or Item Action Category Type Remarks
Air intake fitter Clean △ Fixed/V A/W
Control line filter – Condensate Clean △ Fixed A/W
Strainer – Aftercooler condensate drain Clean △ Fixed/V A/W
Oil strainer (primary) Clean ▲ Fixed/V A/W
Oil filter (secondary) – Pressure Check ▲ Fixed/V A/W Replace as required.
Aftercooler / Oil cooler / Coolant cooler (Air side) Check & Clean ▲ Fixed/V A Clean as required.
Aftercooler / Oil cooler / Precooler Check & Clean ▲ Fixed/V W Clean as required.
Hi-Precooler (Air side) Check & Clean ▲ Fixed/V A Clean as required.
Blowoff solenoid valve - Operation Check ▲ Fixed/V A/W
Check valve - Air leakage Check ▲ Fixed/V A/W
Air relief valve - Operation Check ▲ Fixed/V A/W
Mechanical seal, coolant pump Check ▲ Fixed/V A/W

3 Annual Schedule (for 4,000 hours/year or less operation)


Part or Item Action Category Type Remarks
Joints, Bolts, Nuts Check & Retighten △ Fixed/V A/W
Gasket - Aftercooler condensate strainer Replace ○ Fixed/V A/W
Lubrication oil Replace ○ Fixed/V A/W
Air intake filter Replace ○ Fixed/V A/W
Oil strainer (primary) Clean ▲ Fixed/V A/W
Check for tension and abnormal noise.
Belt, Pulley Check ▲ Fixed/V A/W
Visually check for wear. Replace as required.
Thermistor, Pressure sensor, PCB other Electric parts Check ▲ Fixed/V A/W Change any operating parts in need of replacement.
Fan Check for crack/Clean ▲ Fixed/V A/W
Cooling fan for control panel Check for crack/Clean ▲ V A/W
Cooling fan, inverter Check for crack/Clean ▲ V A/W Clean the fin.
Change any operating parts in need of
Each boards, inverter Check ▲ V A/W
replacement.
Aftercooler / Oil cooler / Coolant cooler Check & Clean ▲ Fixed/V A
Aftercooler / Oil cooler / Precooler Check & Clean ▲ Fixed/V W
Hi-Precooler Check & Clean ▲ Fixed/V A
Air End Casing Jacket Check & Clean ▲ Fixed/V W
Orifice- Aftercooler condensate Check & Clean ▲ Fixed/V A/W
3-Way solenoid valve & capacity control system Check ▲ Fixed A/W Replace as required.
Blowoff solenoid Valve Check ▲ V A/W
Air relief valve Check & Clean ▲ Fixed/V A/W

99
9. MAINTENANCE [Standard Maintenance Schedule]

Part or Item Action Category Type Remarks


Protection, Safety Device Check ▲ Fixed/V A/W Change any operating parts in need of replacement.
Motors Check & Clean ▲ Fixed/V A/W Clean and measure the insulation for any resistance.
Coolant pump Check ▲ Fixed/V A
Pressure cap Check ▲ Fixed/V A Clean and replace as required.
Coolant strainer Clean ▲ Fixed/V A
Gasket, coolant strainer Replace ● Fixed/V A

4 3-Year and 4-Year Schedule (for 4,000 hours/year or less operation)


Category
Part or Item Action Type Remark
3-year 4-year
Coolant Replace ○ Fixed/V A
Control line filter element Replace ○ Fixed A/W Replace the O-ring as well.
Inverter Check ▲ V A/W Clean the fin.
Oil filter (secondary) Replace ● Fixed/V A/W
Consumable parts - Suction throttle valve Replace ● Fixed A/W ※ Replace the gaskets, etc together.
Seal washer - Suction throttle valve Replace ● Fixed A/W ※
Blowoff solenoid valve (1) (2) Replace ● V A/W Can be extended depends on the number of ON/OFF
Check Valve Replace ● Fixed/V A/W
Solenoid valve - Aftercooler condensate Replace ● Fixed/V A/W
Strainer- Aftercooler condensate Replace ● Fixed/V A/W
Cooling fan, inverter Replace ● V A/W
Cooling fan for control panel Replace ● V A/W
Belt Replace ● Fixed/V A/W Replace the pulley as well if necessary.
Pressure cap Replace ● Fixed/V A
Consumable parts - Oil Pump Replace ● Fixed/V A/W Replace the gaskets, etc together.
Consumable parts, coolant pump Replace ● Fixed/V A
Relay (Drain solenoid valve) Replace ● Fixed/V A/W
Each boards, diode module, flat cable, Check for contamination and discoloration. Replace as
Check/Clean/Replace ● V A/W
inverter required. May be further used if appropriate (except FFC)
※When the power-saving operation is used, the parts need to be replaced every 2 years.

5 6-Year Schedule: Overhauling (for 4,000 hours/year or less operation)

Part or Item Action Category Type Remark


Electromagnetic contactor Check ▲ Fixed/V A/W Replace as required.
Airend Replace ● Fixed/V A/W A whole airend is replaced with a new
Bearing for gear case Replace ● Fixed/V A/W
Main motor bearing Replace ● Fixed/V A/W
Fan motor bearing Replace ● Fixed/V A/W
Bearings, coolant pump motor Replace ● Fixed/V A
3-Way solenoid valve Replace ● Fixed A/W
Oil strainer (primary) Replace ● Fixed/V A/W
Coolant strainer Replace ● Fixed/V A
Control line filter - Condensate Replace ● Fixed A/W
Oil level gauge Replace ● Fixed/V A/W
Shaft seal parts Replace ● Fixed/V A/W For gear case
Temperature control valve Replace ● Fixed/V A/W Replace the O-ring as well.
Oil flow solenoid valve Replace ● V A/W
Smoothing capacitor - Inverter Replace ● V A/W
Check for contamination and discoloration.
PC board assembly (Including LCD) Check & Clean ● Fixed/V A/W
Replace if faulty. May be used further if appropriate.
Lithium battery Replace ● Fixed/V A/W
※For the 3rd overhaul, the air ends shall be replaced with new ones.

100
9. MAINTENANCE [Maintenance Schedule for Dryer and Oil Mist Remover]

9.3 Maintenance Schedule for Dryer


Category
Part or Item Action Remark
Dally Bi-Annually Annually 6-Yearly
Refrigerant pressure gauge Check △
Drain trap Check △ Check the condensate is drained properly.
Drain trap Clean △
Condenser Clean ▲ Remove the dust in fin.
Condenser fan motor Check/Clean ▲ 1M Ω or more with 500Vdc megohmmeter.
Electrical parts, switches, etc Check/Clean ▲ Retighten the terminal,check the wiring and clean the surface.
Fan control switch Replace ●
Hot gas bypass valve Replace ● If there is no abnormality, continuous use is allowable.
If abnormality is found, replace it immediately at
Refrigerating compressor Replace ● anytime.
Plate type heat exchanger Replace ●
Drain trap Replace ○

9.4 Maintenance Schedule for Oil Mist Remover


① To ensure long and successful operation of the Oil ③ These maintenance inter vals are not considered
Mist Remover, follow the standard maintenance warranty.
schedule attached below.
④ If an inspected par t is worn, faulty or damaged,
② The standard maintenance schedule service intervals replace it as soon as possible.
stated below are based on normal environmental and
⑤ ○●: Replace △▲: Clean or check
operating conditions. If the Oil Mist Remover is in
○△: Complete service in house
severe environmental and operating conditions, use
●▲: Ask your distributor to service
more frequent service intervals.

Item Daily Bi-annually Annually 6-yearly Remarks


Regulator settings △
Vacuum indicator △
OMR relief valve △
Regulator performance △
Float trap nozzle △ Disassemble and clean.
Vacuum indicator △ Disassemble and clean.
Filter element △ Disassemble and clean.
Remover element ●
Filter element ●
OMR relief valve sheet/spring ●
Vacuum indicator ●
Disassemble and clean.
Filter regulator ●
Replace diaphragm and valve stem.
Disassemble and clean.
Ejector ▲
Replace if it is too dirty.
Disassemble and clean. Replace as
Solenoid valve ▲
required.
Solenoid valve coil assembly ●

CAUTION
The oil mist remover reduces oil consumption to almost zero. However, the oil should still be replaced
biannually.

101
9. MAINTENANCE [How to Service the Air Compressor]

9.5 How to Service the Air Compressor


Before servicing the air compressor, stop it, disconnect the power (turn off the earth leakage (ground) circuit
breaker) and verify that the compressor’s internal pressure has dropped to atmospheric pressure.
The maintenance intervals shown refer to the standard Maintenance Schedule (A).

1 Cleaning of Air Intake Filter (Bi-Annually)


A pressure sensor is provided on the suction throttle
Air Intake Filter Air Intake
Maintenance Cover Differential
valve to detect the pressure differential across the air
filter
Stud Bolt
pressure sensor intake filter. When the sensor detects a pressure
differential as large as 4.98 kPa during operation, AIR
FILTER appears on the LCD display with E0.21 on
digital monitor. If this occurs, clean or replace the air
intake filter in accordance with Maintenance Schedule
Wing nut (A) or (B). The procedure for cleaning the air intake
Air Intake Filter filter is as follows.
Cover
① Stop the air compressor, disconnect the power and
verify no internal pressure.

② Remove the air intake filter maintenance cover to


the left.

③ Remove the cover and wipe away the dirt inside of


the duct before removing the air intake filter.

CAUTION ④ Loosen the wing nut and remove the air intake filter.
Make sure the contamination and/or dust doesn’t
If the air intake filter is clogged with dust/dirt enter the airend side.
particles; Differential pressure (resistance of
flow) across the air intake filter increases, ⑤ Tap the air intake filter to remove large particles.
which results in decreased air intake to the Then blow air to clean the surface of filter.
airend and a rise in discharge air temperature.
⑥ In the case of oily or carbon dust, dip the element
To avoid a problem, service the air intake filter
into neutral detergent and water solution for about
regularly. If the compressor room environment
30 minutes. Rinse the element several times with
is dusty or dirty, service the air intake filter
clean water (water pressure is less than 0.27MPa)
more frequently than instructed on the
Maintenance Schedule. and air-dr y it. Confirm the element is dried
completely.

⑦ Reinstall and tighten the wing nut.

102
9. MAINTENANCE [How to Service the Air Compressor]

2 Depressurizing the System


Before cleaning the drain pipe, aftercooler, control line
filter, or replacing the check valve, reduce the internal
pressure to 0 (zero) by opening the condensate drain.

Ⓐ Ⓑ ① Stop the air compressor and turn off the main power.

② Close the stop valve on the discharge pipe side.

③ Remove the drain Right cover [Ref No. 909].



④ Switch the 2-way valve cock from Ⓐ to Ⓑ. Pressure

Two-way
will be released without passing through the
Ⓐ change valve condensate drain solenoid valve.

⑤ Check that air does not come out through the


condensate drain ports of the aftercooler.
Drain solenoid valve

103
9. MAINTENANCE [How to Service the Air Compressor]

Condensate drain port (Aftercooler) (Daily check)


3
Clean the strainer elements (Bi-Annually) & Orifices (Annually)
■ Check the condensate drain
Moisture in the intake air, especially in hot and humid environments, is condensed inside the air compressor during
compression. Daily inspect aftercooler condensate drain to verify that there is a discharge of compressed air (with
condensate) when the air compressor is loaded. Bi-annually, clean the strainer element and annually clean the
orifice for aftercooler.

◆ Cleaning of strainer
■ Cleaning of strainer element
Y-type Strainer Assembly ① Discharge the compressed air in the procedure in
page 103.
② Remove the cover of the strainer.
Element ③ Remove the element from inside the strainer and
Strainer wash with water.
Gasket
④ Replace the cleaned element in its original position
Plug and set the O-ring or gasket, and plug properly.

Tighten
■ Cleaning of orifice
Loosen
Inspect and clean the orifices annually. Be sure to
stop the air compressor before inspecting and/or
◆ Cleaning of orifice cleaning the orifices.

■ Replacement of the strainer and solenoid


valve
Replace the solenoid valve and the strainer every 2
years (if operating 8000 hours/year) or 3 years (if
operating 4000 hours/ year) to new whole
assembled parts.

Strainer CAUTION
● Check that a slight amount of condensate is
drained every 45 seconds through the drain
port of the aftercooler while the air
compressor is in loading process.

● If condensate air is not drained, clean and


unclog the strainer element and orifice.
Drain solenoid valve

Orifice

104
9. MAINTENANCE [How to Service the Air Compressor]

4 Lubricating oil Replacement (Bi-Annually)


■ Oil drain
① Stop the air compressor and disconnect the power.
Remove the font door (1) [Ref No. 904].
Water-Cooled Remove the right panel [Ref No. 909].

Cover ② Place oil pans under the oil drain ports. The dimension
of oil pan is approximately 75 × 250 × 300mm.
Prepare the oil jug of 18 liters or more for air-cooled
type, and 14 liters or more for watercooled type.
Oil filling ③ Remove the plugs of oil drain port. Then connect
port plug copper pipes to the ports. The dimensions of the
copper pipes is 1/2B × 50 to 100 mm. After that,
open the oil drain valve to drain lubricating oil.
Oil drain valve
④ Replace all lubricating oil bi-annually. Also once a year,
(Gear case)
Oil level gauge remove the oil port cover and wipe the sludge off of
Oil drain port (with plug)
the bottom of the gear case with a sponge and clean.
⑤ Close oil drain valve. Tighten removed plugs with
Air-Cooled [Rear View]
seal tape to oil drain port.
■ Oil filling
⑥ Remove the oil filling port plug, and fill the oil until the
oil reaches the upper red line of the oil level gauge.
■ Check/refilling
⑦ Turn on the power, press the START button and
press the STOP button after 5 – 6 seconds running.
⑧ Check the oil level on the oil level gauge. The oil
level drops because lubricating oil flows to the
piping, oil cooler and so on.
⑨ Disconnect the power and add the oil until upper red
Oil drain valve Oil drain port
(Oil cooler) (with plug) line.
⑩ After refilling is complete, plug tightly.
⑪ Turn the power on, press the START button and
Water-Cooled [Rear View]
make sure the oil level is between the upper and
lower red lines of the oil level gauge.
⑫ Make sure no oil leaks from the oil drain valve and
plugs.

WARNING
● Change the oil regularly, as instructed in the
standard maintenance schedule ( page
97 to 100). Neglecting to change the oil
Oil drain port
causes oil deterioration that could result in
(with plug) clogging of the oil strainer and a fire.
Oil drain valve
● Be sure to use the recommended lubricating
(Oil cooler)
oil on page 12. Absolutely DO NOT mix
different types of lubricating oil.
● Overfilling with lubricating oil may increase
shaft power and result in rise in oil temperature.

105
9. MAINTENANCE [How to Service the Air Compressor]

5 Cleaning of Oil Strainer (Primary Side) (Bi-Annually)


① Drain the lubricating oil in the procedure described
in page 105.
② Remove the cover.
③ Remove the strainer cover (1). Then remove the oil
strainer and clean it.
④ Replace the oil strainer when overhauling the air
compressor.

IMPORTANT
Clogging of the oil strainer drops the oil pressure of the air
compressor.
● Vtype
If the oil pressure sensor detects an oil pressure as low
as 0.08MPa or lower for operation frequency 45 Hz or
higher, or 0.04 MPa for operation frequency less than
Cover 45 Hz, the air compressor automatically shutdowns.
● Fixed-speed type
Oil Strainer If oil pressure sensor detects an oil pressure as low as
0.08MPa or lower, the air compressor automatically
shutdowns.

6 Replacement of Oil Filter (Secondary Side) (Annually)


① Drain the lubricating oil in the procedure described
in page 105.
② Remove the rear cover (2) [Ref. No. 912] .
Oil filter mount
③ Place an oil pan under the oil filter. Remove the plug
to drain out the oil in the oil filter.
Oil filter
Element ④ Use a filter wrench to loosen and remove the oil
filter from the oil support on the gear case. Remove
and replace the oil filter element.
⑤ Apply clean oil onto the filter O-ring. Tighten the oil
filter until the O-ring surface comes in contact with
the oil filter seating surface.
⑥ Seat the oil filter O-ring by tightening the filter with
both hands. Immediately after the air compressor
restart verify that there is no leaks on the oil filter.

Pan
(Prepare a pan with a size of IMPORTANT
approx. 20 x 100 x 250 mm)
Clogging of the oil filter drops the oil pressure of the air
compressor.
● Vtype
If oil pressure sensor detects an oil pressure as low as
0.08MPa or lower for operation frequency 45 Hz or
higher, or 0.04 MPa for operation frequency less than
45 Hz, the air compressor automatically shutdowns.
● Fixed-speed type
If oil pressure sensor detects oil pressure as low as
0.08MPa or lower, the air compressor automatically
shutdowns.

106
9. MAINTENANCE [How to Service the Air Compressor]

7 Operation Check of Air Relief Valve (Bi-Annually)


Air-Cooled [Without dryer type] ① Maintain the rated maximum discharge pressure
(ex. 0.70MPa).
Air relief valve ring
② Pull the ring connected to air relief valve.

③ Verify that the air relief valve operates properly and


get a hand off of the ring.

WARNING
During inspection of the operation of the air
relief valve, use the appropriate facial
protection. High pressure air containing dust
particles can cause severe injury.

Air relief valve

Air-Cooled [Built-in dryer type] Water-Cooled

Air relief valve ring


Air relief valve ring

Air relief valve

Air relief valve

8 Cleaning of Control Line Filter (Bi-Annually) [Fixed-Speed type]

① Depressurize the system described in page 103.


Control line filter
② Remove the front door (1).

③ Remove the control line filter element, and then use


an air nozzle to blow out the inside surface (reverse
flow action) of the control line filter element in order
to remove any dust particles.

④ Replace the element at least every 2 years.


Sight Glass

107
9. MAINTENANCE [How to Service the Air Compressor]

Air-Cooled

9 Cleaning of Cooler (Annually)

1 For light and non-greasy dust particle


① Remove the Rear cover [Ref. No. 910].

② Use an air nozzle to blow the cooler surfaces.

For heavy and greasy dust particles


2
(detaching the cooler)
① Remove the enclosure panels.

② Drain the oil and coolant from the system.

③ Disconnect the rubber tube from coolant reservoir.


Rear cover (1) ④ Disconnect all air / oil /coolant pipes at the joints.

⑤ Disconnect the discharge pipe.


Cooler
⑥ Loosen and remove the cooler bolts.

For heavy and greasy dust particles


3
(cleaning the detached cooler):
① Use an air nozzle to blow the cooler surfaces.

② Soak the cooler in a detergent bath or spray


detergent onto the cooler. Use an air nozzle to blow
the cooler surfaces.

③ Generally, there are 3 kinds of dust and dirt particles.


・Light dust particles
・Heavy dust particles
・Greasy dust particles
Contact the local HITACHI distributor/master
dealer or representative office for the detail.

108
9. MAINTENANCE []

Water-Cooled

9 Cleaning of Cooler (Annually)


● Oil cooler
Scale removal
Remove the oil cooler water chamber cover. Flush
with scale remover and use a brass wire brush to
remove the scale from the inner surfaces of the oil Wire brush

cooler tube nest.


Oil cooler
● Intercooler/Aftercooler
If scale build up occurs often, contact the local
HITACHI distributor/master dealer or representative
office for scale removal.

109
9. MAINTENANCE [How to Service the Air Compressor]

10 Coolant - (Replace - 2-Yearly)

Pressure Cap Coolant filling port


■ Daily check
Pressure cap Cover (coolant reservoir)
① Check that the coolant level in reser voir tank is
Reservoir tank
between L and H.

② When the level is below L, check if there is any


Rear Door
leakage.
③ If the level is below L because of natural evaporation,
replenish the tap water of good quality until the level
reaches between L and H.
④ If you find a leakage, make necessary repairs, then
make 50% coolant-water mixture and replenish.
H

■ Coolant Filling Procedure


L
① Drain all the coolant in the tank.
② Fill the DSP air compressor with the amount of DSP
coolant prescribed in the colomen “DSP Coolant
Amount” in below table.
Coolant drain port
System Capacity DSP Coolant
Model
(liter) Amount (liter)
DSP-37(V)A(R)N 8 4
CAUTION DSP-55(V)A(R)N 10 5
● Use Hitachi genuine DSP Coolant.
③ Operate the DSP for several minutes and then stop
● Use water (drinkable) as dilution water. the air compressor. Check the coolant level gauge,
● Completely replace the coolant if it has and fill up the coolant reservoir with water, if required.
aged or deteriorated.

● After replacing, the coolant, use a waste


removal company to dispose of it, as it is an
alkaline.

11 Coolant Strainer − (Clean the element, Yearly)


Before you clean the coolant strainer, remove the
Coolant Strainer coolant from the system.

Packing
IMPORTANT
Coolant Pump
When the coolant pressure sensor detects the coolant
pressure as low as 0.10 MPa (due to the clogging of the
coolant strainer), the DSP shuts down automatically.

Coolant Pump
Header

110
9. MAINTENANCE [How to Service the Air Compressor]

12 V-Belts- (Adjust the tension Yearly) (Replace 2-Yearly)


When you operate the DSP with loose V-belts, the
m)
re δ (m V-belts may generate a slipping sound or vibrate
Flexu
excessively. To avoid the problem, service the V-belts
regularly.
alan ce
Pulley Sp ring B

V-Belt ing L
oad WARNING
Press
V-Belt ( k g )
P Before you check the V-belts, stop the DSP and
Motor
disconnect the power.
Sheave Keep your hands and rods etc. away from the
rotating parts during operation; otherwise you
may be seriously injured.

Flat Bar 1 Visually checking the V-belts, pulley, and motor sheave
(about 700 mm)
① Spotlight the V-belts contacting surfaces, and verify
that the ribs are not chipped or cracked.
Likewise verify that the pulley and motor sheave are
Pressing Load Flexure not abraded abnormally or chipped.
Item V-Belt
P δ
Type× ② Verify that the V-belts are not generating abnormal
MPa kgf N mm
Model Quantity
DSP-37A(R)5N, 37W5N 10.2∼11.8 100∼116 10.6
slipping sound (squeaking or creaking noise).
DSP-37A(R)6N, 37W6N
DSP-37VA(R)N, 37VWN
9.9∼11.5 97∼113 10.9 2 Checking the V-belts tension
0.7
DSP-55A(R)5N, 55W5N 12.5∼14.4 123∼141 10.3 ① Prepare a 700-mm flat bar.
DSP-55A(R)6N, 55W6N
12.3∼14.2 121∼139 10.7
DSP-55VA(R)N, 55VWN ② Press the bar onto the belt span surface of the pulley
12PK×2
DSP-37A(R)5N, 37W5N 9.2∼10.6 90∼104 10.7
and motor sheave. Use a spring balance to apply the
DSP-37A(R)6N, 37W6N 9.1∼10.4 89∼102 10.6
0.4 pressing load kg (see the table) onto the belts at the
DSP-55A(R)5N, 55W5N 11.6∼13.4 114∼131 10.0
DSP-55A(R)6N, 55W6N 11.4∼13.1 112∼128 10.0 span center, and measure the flexure mm.
DSP-37VA(R)N, 37VWN 9.1∼10.5 89∼103 10.7 See the table for an allowable flexure range. If the
0.3
DSP-55VA(R)N, 55VWN 11.2∼12.9 110∼126 10.7 flexure is within the range, you do not need to
readjust the belt tension. If the flexure is not within
the range, contact your distributor for a tension
Item Span Mass Tension
readjustment.
MPa m kg/m kgf N
Model ③ Alternately you can measure a belt tension directly
DSP-37A(R)5N, 37W5N 0.663 164∼189 1608∼1853
by using a special tension meter. For more information
DSP-37A(R)6N, 37W6N
0.680 159∼183 1559∼1794
DSP-37VA(R)N, 37VWN about the tension meter, contact your distributor.
0.7
DSP-55A(R)5N, 55W5N 0.642 200∼230 1961∼2255
DSP-55A(R)6N, 55W6N
0.666 196∼226 1922∼2216
DSP-55VA(R)N, 55VWN
DSP-37A(R)5N, 37W5N 0.669 0.228 146∼169 1432∼1657 CAUTION
DSP-37A(R)6N, 37W6N 0.663 144∼166 1412∼1628
0.4
DSP-55A(R)5N, 55W5N 0.623 186∼214 1824∼2098 ● Low-tensed V-belts may slip and may be
DSP-55A(R)6N, 55W6N 0.626 182∼210 1785∼2059 drastically low in a service life.
DSP-37VA(R)N, 37VWN 0.666 146∼168 1432∼1647
0.3 ● Wrong centering during a belt tension
DSP-55VA(R)N, 55VWN 0.669 179∼206 1755∼2020
adjustment may cause a larger misalignment
and reduce a service life.

111
9. MAINTENANCE [How to Service the Air Compressor]

13 Replacement of Check Valve (2-Yearly)

Air-Cooled 1 Depressurizing the System

Flange packing Depressurize the compressed air in the air compressor


as described in page 103.
Check valve
cover (upper)

Gasket 2 Removing the Enclosure Panels

Check valve Remove the enclosure panels such as rear cover [Ref.
No. 911].
Gasket

3 Disassembly
① Loosen and remove the bolts tightened to the check
Check valve valve cover (upper).
cover (lower)
② Remove the check valve cover, gasket, check valve,
Flow direction (arrow direction)
and gasket.

③ Be careful for installing direction of the check valve.


Water-Cooled
Flange packing

4 Cleaning and inspection


Check valve
cover (upper)
Suf ficiently clean the check valve and check valve
cover and so on. Make sure that no rust particles and/
Gasket or fragmented gaskets are left on the valve and/or
gasket contacting surfaces.
Check valve

Gasket

Check valve cover (lower)

Flow direction (arrow direction)

112
9. MAINTENANCE [How to Service the Air Compressor]

14 Battery Replacement (6-Yearly )


(2) Battery replacement method
When “BATTERY OUT” is displayed for “PROBLEM”
on the LCD monitor, replace the batter y. When
replacing, disconnect the power and complete the
replacement work within 15 minutes.

① Remove the screw on the right of the LCD display.

② Insert the special tool attached with the battery to


③ Tab the slots shown as figure provided and lift up the
LCD unit from the instrument panel.

③ To remove the LCD unit, pull it to right side so
① Screw ② Special tool slot that the tabs are not damaged.

Battery
④ The battery is mounted on the back of the LCD
⑤ unit. Unplug the battery connector. The battery
is held by double-sided adhesive tape.

⑤ Replace with new battery.


④ LCD unit

CN11 BT (3) Cautions for disposal of old batteries


The used battery shall be returned to your
distributor or disposed of properly in accordance
(1) Battery life and specifications
with your local government disposal regulations.
Item Specs Used battery is furthermore shorted if the positive
Battery Coin-type manganese dioxide lithium battery and negative terminals come in contact with each
Voltage 3V other or come in contact other metal objects, and
Capacity 220 mAh
could cause the battery to produce heart, rupture or
Battery model CR2032
catch fire. Do not expose the battery to fire. Used
Special specs Lead wire connector connection
batteries cannot be recharged.
Replacement
Battery replacement display on LCD monitor
criteria
Approx. 1 year with power off
Life
Approx. 6 years under ordinary service conditions

● The batteries is an exclusive part. Contact the local


HITACHI distributor/master dealer or representative
office.

113
9. MAINTENANCE [How to Service the Air Compressor]

15 Maintenance of Main Motor


① Checking the operating temperature ③ Disassembling
If the LCD monitor indicates main motor overload In a severe environment (dirty, corrosive, high dust
[OVERLOAD: MAIN] (fixed-speed type) or or high powder), disassemble and service the motor
temperature increase of main motor fin [FIN-T] ever y two years. In a nor mal environment,
(Vtype), investigate the cause of the excessive heat disassemble and service the motor every six years.
and utilizing the Motor Diagnostics and For the most common motor problems, see the
Troubleshooting chart below. Motor Diagnostic and Troubleshooting chart
② Cleaning below. If the problem cannot be solved with the
Clean the motor periodically to prevent dust chart, contact the local HITACHI distributor/master
particles from accumulating inside and outside of dealer or representative office.
the motor. When servicing the air compressor,
measure the insulation resistance of the motor
coil with a 500V megohmmeter and verify that
the insulation resistance is 1MΩ or more.

Motor Diagnosis and Troubleshooting


Phenomenon
Low Insulation Resistance
Overload Indication
Excessive Vibration
Excessive Rotation

Heated
Excessive Sound

Breaker Tripped
Electric Leak

Corrective Action
Bearing
Frame

Cause
Installation

Loose bolts ○ ◎ ○ Retighten the bolts.

Poor grounding ◎ Ground properly.


Note 3
Inadequate breaker capacity Replace with properly specified capacity breaker.
Wiring

○ ◎
Broken wires ○ Install new wires.
Note 3
Failed breaker, controller or contactor ○ ○ Check the contacts and replace if necessary.
Dust accumulation reduced cooling
○ Properly clean motor.
Environment

performance
Excessive ambient operating Improve the room ventilation or contact the local
◎ ○ ◎
temperature Hitachi distributor.
High humidity ◎ Contact the local Hitachi distributor.
Large external vibration/shock ◎ Take vibration and shock measurements.
Load Power Supply

Phase-lacking operation ◎ ◎ ○ ◎ ◎ ○ Check the brealer, contactor and motor wirings.


Check the wire thickness and length and contact the
Widely dropped voltage ○ ○ ◎ ◎
local power utilities company.
Fluctuating voltage ○ ○ ○ ○ Contact the local power utilities company.
Overload ○ ◎ ◎ ○ Check the capacity control system.
Thrust force by the machine ○ ○ ◎ Check the contact condition of bull gear and pinion gear.
Excessive bearing noise NOTE 2 ◎ ◎ ◎ ○ Contact the local Hitachi distributor.
Burnt motor coil NOTE 2 ○ ○ ○ ◎ ◎ ◎ ○ Contact the local Hitachi distributor.
NOTES)
1. ◎ : Close relationship between the cause and type of problem. 〇 : Relationship between the cause and type of problem.
2. Detect the fundamental cause of the problem and take corrective action.
3. Breaker, controller or contactors are hot.

114
9. MAINTENANCE [How to Service the Air Compressor]

16 Oil Mist Remover


1. Replacement of remover element 3. Maintenance of OMR relief valve (See Fig. A.)
① Remove the pipe provided at the top of the remover ① Turn the nut at the top of the OMR relief valve and
if required. Then remove 4 set screws (A) from the remove the plate. Replace the sheet and the spring
oil mist remover housing. with new components.
Pull up the upper part of the housing.
② Ensure that the spring is positioned at the center
② Loosen nut (B) and remove the cover. Now you can before assembly.
remove the remover element.

③ Install a new element. Carefully seat the upper and


4. Maintenance of Vacuum Indicator (See Fig. B.)
lower r ubber gaskets on the element without ① Contamination of the vacuum indicator may cause
allowing any gaps. malfunction of indicator.
Remove and clean the indicator at least ever y six
④ After replacement
months. In addition, replace the indicator once a year.
of element, grease (B)

the O-ring, replace Cover ② Pull down the indicator while pushing up the locked
Rubber packing pipe joint at the top.
the housing, and
Remover
tighten set screws element Nut Spring
(A) diagonally and Plate Valve seat
O-ring
evenly.
Rubber packing

Locked joint
3/8 φ12

Pull
(A)
Fig. A Fig. B

2. Maintenance of Filter Regulator


5. Maintenance of Ejector
① Turn the cover to remove. Remove the baffle and
① If the ejector is dirty, performance may decrease.
replace the filter element with a new one.
Disassemble and clean at least once a year.
② Remove the upper 4 set screws and remove the
② The maintenance procedure is as follows:
upper part of the regulator. Replace the diaphragm
(1) Disconnect the control air tube at its detachable
and the valve stem with new components. Be careful
connection.
not to install the new diaphragm upside down.
(2) Loosen nut A (the nut can be turned independently
from the ejector body) and disconnect the ejector
Diaphragm Screw (4 pcs) from the manifold.
(3) Remove the plastic case.
Stem (4) Clean the ejector body with a neutral detergent
OUT IN and dry it with an air nozzle. Assemble all of the
parts.
Regulator
O-ring
Valve
Filter element

Cover

Baffle

Nut A
115
9. MAINTENANCE [How to Service the Air Compressor]

17 Automatic Drain Trap For Dryer


Check the automatic drain trap every day to ensure that
Petcook condensate is discharged properly. Periodically clean
the drain trap in accordance with the maintenance
schedule. The service procedure is as follows:

Ⓐ Body ■ Disassembly/cleaning procedure


① Close the ball valve at the upstream of drain trap.

② Turn the pet cock counterclockwise to release the


pressure in the case.
Ⓑ Screen
③ Holding the latch, turn the bowl guard Ⓒ to a
45-degree angle and pull down. The bowl assembly
Ⓓ and bowl guard Ⓒ are disconnected from the
body Ⓐ.
O-ring
④ Take out the screen Ⓑ that is on the upper part of
the bowl assembly Ⓓ, and clean it. Also clean the
bowl as required.

⑤ Replace the screen Ⓑ to the original position on the


bowl assembly Ⓓ, and assemble the condensate
Ⓓ Bowl Assrembly
drain trap in a reverse way.

Drain Cock
CAUTION
● Use household neutral detergent to clean
the bowl. Other solvents will crack the
bowl.

● If the condensate drain trap leaks or fails to


Ⓒ Bowl Guard drain the condensate after cleaning, replace
the bowl assembly Ⓓ with a new one.

116
10. CAUTIONS FOR A LONG TERM OPERATION SUSPENSION
① If the air compressor is not operated for a week or
more, use the UNLOAD STOP function when the
air compressor is stopped. The air compressor 運転管理
RUNNING CONTROL
運転状況
RUNNING MODE
自 動
AUTO

unloads for 5 minutes and automatically stops after モニタ


MONITOR
警 報
ALARM
遠 方
REMOTE

POWER

メニュー 負 荷
[× 10h] LOAD

the air end and the piping are dried.


MENU
機 能 リセット 起動待ち
FUNC RESET 故 障 AUTO START
+/- SHUTDOWN
UP/ 
DOWN
表示切替/
遠 方 ワイドモード ドライヤ 運 転 停 止
REMOTE SELECT/WIDE DRYER START STOP
記 憶
設 定 STR 1 2

IMPORTANT
SET

MONITOR

Unloading the compressor prior to stopping enables UNLOAD STOP

moisture in the air end to be removed. UNLOAD STOP button


Drying out the inside of the compressor is an effective
way to prevent rust from developing in the compressor
when unused for an extended period of time.

② Air compressor shall be operated for a week and use


unload stop button to prevent the inside of the
airend from rusting.
③ Ensure to disconnect the power if the air
compressor is not operated.

(Note) When the air compressor is restarted, refer to


the “6. Startup operation”.

CAUTION
● If the air compressor is stops for a week or more without taking action described in this page, serious
damage for the airend may occur due to the lack of lubrication or airend internal rusting.

● Use unload stop button not only for long operation suspension but also for daily operation to prevent
the airend from the rusting.

● If the air compressor can’t be operated weekly, rust prevented action and periodical inspection is
required. Contact the local HITACHI distributor/master dealer or representative office for the detail.

■ How to perform the unload stop action with


lead-lag or multi unit control operation (option)
Unload stop button is ineffective when the operation
mode setting is NOT “Single”. Refer to the page 23
for the detail. Deactivate the lead-lag or multi unit
control at once and perform unload stop. When the
air compressor is restarted, set the operation setting
to required mode.

117
11. PARTS LIST

1 Air End Assembly


138 143
Ref.
136 No. Description
133 100 Air End (new)
130 Oil Nozzle, male rotor
134 131 Oil Nozzle, male rotor
132 Air End Discharge Cover
135 133 Air End Jacket Cover
134 Gasket, air end discharge cover
135 Gasket, air end jacket cover
136 Gap Cover
138 Knock pin
138
143 Pinion Gear
180 Air End Assembly (rebuilt)
130
100
180
133
132 135
131

2 Gear Case Assembly


394 310 Ref.
No. Description
392
393 301 Gear Case
391 302 Bull Gear
303 Gear Shaft
395 304 Bearing (1)
370 305 Bearing (2)
313 387
306 Pinion Gear, oil pump
337 307 Gear, oil pump
366 309 Bush
304 310 Nut
367 311 Snap Ring (1)
313 Cover, bearing
340 309 315 Cover, oil pump
303 316 Gasket, oil filling port
317 Plug, oil filling port
341 318 Snap Ring (2)
319 Nut
320 Oil Nozzle (1)
321 Oil Nozzle (2)
322 Packing, air end
323 Gasket, cleaning cover (1)
324 Cover, cleaning (1)
302 325 Gasket, oil pump cover
326 Packing, oil pump
319 334 Knock pin
D53 336 Oil Level Gauge
D51 320 337 Gasket, bearing cover
D53 D63 340 Key (1)
326 368 D54 321 341 Key (2)
307
315 352 Oil Piping Cover
318 366 Snap Ring (3)
399 367 Cover (2), bearing
325 305 368 Bolt
306 370 O-Ring
368
383 Oil Relief Valve
311
387 Spacer, oil seal
D52 383 391 Visco Seal, gear shaft
322 323 392 Cover, visco seal
393 O-Ring
394 O-Ring
399 317 395 Wave Spring
884 397 Float
352
883 398 O-Ring
336 316 399 Gasket, oil relief valve
398 324 883 Oil Temperature Control Valve
884 O-Ring
301 398 D51 Support, oil filter
397 D52 Orifice
D53 O-Ring
D54 O-Ring
334 D63 Support, Oil Nozzle

118
11. PARTS LIST

3 Motor Assembly
Ref.
405 No. Description
330 V-Pulley
331 Stopper
401 Motor
403
403 Motor Sheave
331 405 VR Belt
409 Base, motor
421 Base, air end
424 Vibration Isolation Rubber (1)
425 Vibration Isolation Rubber (2)
401 427 Bolt
453 435 Motor Terminal Cover
454 436 Motor Rubber Plate (1)
437 Motor Rubber Plate (2)
330 437 453 Bearing (Load-side)
436 454 Bearing (Anti-Load-side)
435 D88 Angle Washer

421

427

D88
409

424

425

119
11. PARTS LIST

4 Suction
[Fixed-speed compressor] Ref.
Description
No.
556 532 500 Suction Throttle Valve Assembly
534
508 501 Air Cylinder Assembly
507 502 Body, STV
506 503 Tube, air cylinder
504 557
533 504 Cover (1)
521
519 540 506 Piston, blowoff valve
522 507 Valve Sheet, blowoff valve piston
520
508 Plate
503
509 Spindle, air cylinder
520
518 535 510 Distance Piece
537
536
511 Gasket, air cylinder
539
517 516 512 Gasket (1), air end air intake
525 515 513 Gasket, STV cover
514 Valve Plate, STV
528
515 Seal Gasket (1)
538
527 516 Seal Gasket (2)
515 509 517 Piston, air cylinder
541
526 518 Seal Gasket (3)
522 519 Seal Gasket (4)
514
520 O-Ring, air cylinder
542
567 521 Seal Gasket (5)
504 522 Bush, air cylinder
511 525 Tying Rod, air cylinder
502 540
526 Cover, air cylinder
500 Suction Throttle Valve
Assembly 527 Spacer
510 501 Air Cylinder Assembly 528 Baffle Plate
555
529 529 Spring Washer (SUS)
E15
530 530 Rod Nut
513 559 532 Body, blowoff valve
558 ※569
533 Guide RIng
534 Seal Washer, air cylinder
535 Nut
536 Wave Spring
537 O-Ring (piston)
※551 538 O-Ring (spacer)
512 539 O-Ring (needle)
540 O-Ring, air cylinder
541 Holder, piston
502 542 Spacer
551 Set of Air Cylinder Consumable Parts
513 555 Gasket, unloader cover
556 Spacer (2)
557 O-Ring
558 Adjusting Bolt, suction bypass valve
559 Seal Washer, suction bypass valve
567 Valve Plate (2), STV
569 Grease, air cylinder
E15 Seat, STV
※ Does not come with the
product.

Ref.
No. Description
502 Body, STV
512 Gasket (1), air end air intake
513 Gasket, STV cover

512

120
11. PARTS LIST

5 Coolers & Ventilating Fan


Ref.
Air-Cooled No. Description
37kW 55kW
600 Frame (5)
628 Base, coolers
629 Frame (6)
634 Frame (7)
638 Cooler
671 671 670 Precooler
671 Duct, cooling fan
672 Cover, cooling fan duct
678 678 673 Cover, cooling fan
678 Bell Mouth
679 Fan
680 Protective Cover
679 679 681 Fan Motor
686 Support, cooling fan
689 Vibration Isolation Rubber (1)
680 692 Partition (1)
680
693 Partition (2)
694 Partition (3)
C84 Fan Motor Bearing
681 681
C84 D02 C, cooler
C84
D03 Exhaust guide (1)
D04 Cooler duct M
D05 Partition (5)
E28 Partition, cooler
E32 Blowoff cover
686 686
E48 Rubber Bush
D02 E50 Rubber Bush
E52 Partition duct
673 E66 Partition
672
672 F42 Partition (6)

638
E50
E66 629

670
628 D03
D05 E48
689

694 692
634
E48 693
F42

600

E48 E32
692

E48
E28 D04 D04

E52

121
11. PARTS LIST

5 Coolers & Ventilating Fan


Ref.
609 No. Description
Water-Cooled 404 Ventilating Fan
601 Shell, aftercooler
602 Tube Nest, aftercooler
605 Packing, aftercooler
608 Aftercooler Assembly
602 610 609 Precooler
608 615 610 Oil Cooler Assembly
605 611 Tube Nest, oil cooler
611 612 Cover, oil cooler water chamber
613 Gasket, oil cooler water chamber cover
613 614 Cover, oil cooler
601 614 615 Gasket, oil cooler cover
616 Support, oil cooler
632
631 Support, aftercooler
J43 632 Plug
631
671 Duct, fan motor
616
680 Protective Cover
B78 612 977 Exhaust duct
B78 Rubber Plate
C84 Fan Motor Bearing
E18 Duct, Inverter
J42 Support (1), ventilating fan
J43 Support (2), ventilating fan
J44 Frame (1)
J45 Frame (2)
671

J45

J42

E18

404
404 C84
C84
J44

55KW

E18

680 977

[Fixed-speed compressor]

37kW

122
11. PARTS LIST

6 Oil Pump
Ref.
No. Description
300 Consumable Parts Kit, oil pump
327 Oil Pump Assembly
328 Bearing
362 329 Oil Seal
329 342 Oil Pump body
346
329 ※300
328 343 Housing, oil pump bearing
327 344 Cover, oil pump
355
345 356 345 Key
346 Backup Ring
347 Backup Ring
349 Packing, oil pump cover
342
350 Case
353
354 351 Support
363 353 Inner Rotor
350 354 Outer Rotor
363 355 Shaft
360 343 356 Key
328 357 Pipe Knock
358 Ring
382 360 Bolt
362 Snap Ring
363 O-Ring
381 Packing, oil pump support
382 Seal Washer
351 ※ Does not come with the
381 347 product.
357
358
349
344

7 Coolant Pump
Ref.
No. Description
825 826 802 Case
D98 803 Cover
804 Impeller
805 Shaft
810 ※994 808 Mechanical Seal
810 Key
812 Rubber Deflector
815 Packing, case cover
825 Motor, coolant pump
826 Packing, header
994 Consumable Parts Kit, coolant pump
D31 Nut
D97 O-Ring
D98 Bearing
804
805 ※ Does not come with the
D31 product.
812
815
803

802

808

D97

123
11. PARTS LIST

8 Instrument Panel
Ref.
No. Description
H79 719 Digital Panel
719 744 Lithium Battery
744
746 Control PCB
Display unit assembly
(included in #745 Starter board 748 Seat, instrument panel
PCB assembly) 755 Display Unit
(included in #700 Control Panel) G57 E-Stop (Option)
H39 PCB Cover
H43 UNLOAD STOP Button
H79 Switch Guard
H80 OPE Code Pipe
H81 OPE Code (1)
H82 OPE Code (2)
H99 Unload Stop Nameplate

755
746
H81
748

H82 G57

H99

H39
H80

124
11. PARTS LIST

9 Control Panel
[Fixed-speed compressor]
H38 740
Air-Cooled

400V class only.


710
740 706, 737

D12
745 D10
D75
752
D73
706, 737

※A18

D10 D06 D08


D07 700
※A10
729
705

704 701 720


708

709 E47 929


702
711

939
B44

E47

E46 938

Ref. Ref.
No. Description No. Description
700 Control Panel 929 Rubber Bush
701 Electromagnetic Contactor (42) 938 Handle
702 Electromagnetic Contactor (6) 939 Rubber Bush
704 Electromagnetic switch, fan A10 Electromagnetic switch, dryer
705 Electromagnetic switch, C pump A18 Electromagnetic Contactor
706 Fuse B44 Cover
708 Current Transformer D06 Terminal Block
709 Terminal Block (1) D07 Auxiliary Relay (1)
710 Terminal Block (2) D08 Auxiliary Relay (2)
711 Temperature control switch D10 Line Filter
720 Transformer D12 Fan, control panel
729 Electromagnetic switch, 52 D73 Relay (only 400V class)
737 Fuse Holder D75 Transformer (only 400V class)
740 Expansion Unit E46 Rubber Bush
745 PC Board E47 Rubber Bush
752 Fuse (400V class only) H38 AVR
※ Built-in dryer type only.

125
11. PARTS LIST

9 Control Panel
Air-Cooled Ref.
Description
No.
700 Control Panel
37kW E03 704 Electromagnetic switch, fan
D10
705 Electromagnetic switch, C pump
745
706 Fuse (2)
J48 708 Current Transformer
J49 709 Terminal Block (1)
706, D12 710 Terminal Block (2)
737 711 Temperature control switch
D10 D08 700 720 Transformer
709 E05
740 737 Fuse Holder (1)
740 Expansion Unit
704 D07
745 PC Board
E06
708 753 DC Reactor (1)
705
929 Rubber Bush
D06 E19 938 Handle
939 Rubber Bush
※A10 ※A18 E07 A10 Electromagnetic switch, dryer
753 E47 929
720 A18 Electromagnetic Contactor
E17 B44 Cover
939
D06 Terminal Block
711 D07 Auxiliary Relay (1)
H38 740 E47
D08 Auxiliary Relay (2)
D10 Line Filter
D12 Fan, control panel
938
E03 Inverter cooling fan
710
706, 737 E05 Main PCB
938 E06 Power PCB
E46 E07 Smoothing Condenser
E17 Inverter
B44 E19 Digital operator
E46 Rubber Bush
55kW E47 Rubber Bush
D10
745 E87 Support
H38 AVR
J48 Support (1)
D12 J49 Support (2)
706,
※ Built-in dryer type only.
737
D10 709 D08 E05 700
740
E03
704 D07
E87
708 E06
705
D06 E19
※A10 ※A18
753 E07 E47 929
720
E87 E17
939

711
H38 740 E47

938
710
706, 737
938
E46

B44

126
11. PARTS LIST

9 Control Panel
[Fixed-speed compressor]
H38 740

Water-Cooled

400V class only.


710
740 706, 737

D12
745 D10
D75
752
D73
706, 737

D10 D08
D06 D07 700

729
704

701 720
708

709 E47
929
702
711

939
B44

E47

E46 938

Ref. Ref.
No. Description No. Description
700 Control Panel 929 Rubber Bush
701 Electromagnetic Contactor (42) 938 Handle
702 Electromagnetic Contactor (6) 939 Rubber Bush
704 Electromagnetic switch, fan B44 Cover
706 Fuse D06 Terminal Block
708 Current Transformer D07 Auxiliary Relay (1)
709 Terminal Block (1) D08 Auxiliary Relay (2)
710 Terminal Block (2) D10 Line Filter
711 Temperature control switch D12 Fan, control panel
720 Transformer D73 Relay (only 400V class)
729 Electromagnetic switch, 52 D75 Transformer (only 400V class)
737 Fuse Holder E46 Rubber Bush
740 Expansion Unit E47 Rubber Bush
745 PC Board H38 AVR
752 Fuse (400V class only)

127
11. PARTS LIST

9 Control Panel
Ref.
Water-Cooled No. Description
700 Control Panel
704 Electromagnetic switch, fan
37kW D10 E03
706 Fuse
745 708 Current Transformer
709 Terminal Block (1)
J48 710 Terminal Block (2)
J49 711 Temperature control switch
706, D12
720 Transformer
737
737 Fuse Holder (1)
D10 D08
700 740 Expansion Unit
740 709 E05
745 PC Board
D07 753 DC Reactor (1)
704
E06 929 Rubber Bush
708 938 Handle
939 Rubber Bush
D06 E19 B44 Cover
D06 Terminal Block (3)
E07
753 E47 929 D07 Auxiliary Relay (1)
720 D08 Auxiliary Relay (2)
E17
939 D10 Line Filter
D12 Fan, Control panel
711 E47 E03 Inverter cooling fan
H38 740
E05 Main PCB
E06 Power PCB
938 E07 Smoothing Condenser
710 E17 Inverter
706, 737 E19 Digital operator
938 E46 Rubber Bush
E46
E47 Rubber Bush
E87 Support (3)
B44
H38 AVR
55kW J48 Support (1)
D10 J49 Support (2)
745

706, D12
737
D10 709 D08 E05 700
740
E03
D07
704 E87
708 E06

D06 E19
753
E07 E47 929
720
E87 E17
939

711
E47
H38 740

938
710
706,737
938
E46

B44

128
11. PARTS LIST

10 Air Pipe
Ref.
Air-Cooled No. Description
022 Air Piping (1)
024 023 Air Piping (2)
024 Air Piping (3)
025 Air Piping (4)
868 026 Air Piping (5)
870 027 Air Piping (6)
058 Support, discharge piping
871 865 Gasket (2)
870 866 Discharge piping
868 Cover, check valve
868 870 Gasket
871 Check Valve
873 Thermocouple, discharge air
875 Air Relief Valve
C07 Motorized Isolation Valve
D19 Gasket, flange
J73 Air Piping (7)
D19 D19 J74 Air Piping (8)

023
J73

058

875

D19

865 J74

022
873

875

058 875 026 C07

027
D19
025

866
058

[Fixed-speed compressor]

129
11. PARTS LIST

10 Air Pipe

D19
Water-Cooled 024

868

870

871
875
870

868

001
002 866

D19

003
025

Ref.
No. Description
001 Aftercooler Header
002 Gasket, aftercooler header
003 Condensate Separator
023 Air Piping (2)
024 Air Piping (3)
025 Air Piping (4)
865 Gasket (2)
866 Discharge piping
868 Cover, check valve
870 Gasket
871 Check Valve
865 873 Thermocouple, discharge air
875 Air Relief Valve
D19 Gasket, flange

023 873

130
11. PARTS LIST

11 Drain Pipe
Ref.
No. Description
006 IC Strainer Assy
007 Gasket, IC strainer
047 IC Strainer Element
052 Orifice, condensate piping (AC)
F68 Support (1), condensate piping
F69 Support (2), condensate piping
F80 Condensate Solenoid Valve
H75 2 way Valve (2)

Air-Cooled
006
007
047
F80

052

F68

H75
F69

Water-Cooled

131
11. PARTS LIST

12 Oil Piping
[Fixed-speed compressor] Ref.
Description
No.
773 Drain pipe
880 Oil Strainer
881 Oil Filter Element
Air-Cooled Water-Cooled 887 Valve
888 Thermistor
D34 O-Ring
H53 Float Cover

887

887

H53

888

881

880

887

773

D34
D34

132
11. PARTS LIST

12 Oil Piping
Ref.
No. Description
773 Drain pipe
880 Oil Strainer
Air-Cooled Water-Cooled
881 Oil Filter Element
887 Valve
888 Thermistor
D34 O-Ring
E24 Oil Flow Solenoid Valve
H53 Float Cover

887

887

H53

888

881

880

887

773 E24

D34 D34

133
11. PARTS LIST

13 Coolant Piping
854
836
Ref.
845 No. Description
D18
800 Pan
801 Coolant Pump
828 Coolant Orifice
829 Support, coolant reservoir
833 Coolant Strainer
837 835 Thermistor
836 Pressure Cap
848
837 Reservoir tank
845 845 Wire Clamp
846 Hose Nozzle
847 Transparent Hose
848 Coolant drain valve
847 854 Pressure Cap Assembly
860 Header, coolant pump
829 861 Gasket, strainer
999 DSP coolant
846 D17 Support, coolant pump
※999 D18 Seat, pressure cap
835
※ Does not come with the
833 product.
861

845

801
828
860
800

D17

14 Water Piping
Ref.
Description
Water-Cooled No.
017 008 Piping (1)
013 018 009 Piping (2)
011 Pet Cock
013 Piping (3)
017 Stop Valve, for a water flow control
018 Seat, cooling water piping
064 Water Drain Valve, precooler
009 859 Support, pressure switch
879 Pressure Differential Relay
D33 Support, water piping

008

D33

879
859

011

064
134
11. PARTS LIST

15 Blowoff Piping
[Fixed-speed compressor] Ref.
Description
No.
900 Blowoff Silencer
902
901 Seat, blowoff silencer
Air-Cooled Water-Cooled 902 Cover, blowoff silencer

900

901

135
11. PARTS LIST

15 Blowoff Piping
Ref.
No. Description
900 Blowoff Silencer
901 Seat, blowoff silencer
Air-Cooled 902 Cover, blowoff silencer
E21 Blowoff Solenoid Valve (1)
E22 Blowoff Solenoid Valve (2)
E23 Seat, blowoff solenoid valve
E80 Support, silencer cover

E23
E21

901

E80
E22

900

902

Water-Cooled

E23
E21

901

E22
E80

900

902

136
11. PARTS LIST

16 Control Air Pipe


[Fixed-speed compressor] Ref.
Description
No.
085 O-ring, control line filter
Air-Cooled 799 Element, control line filter
844 Wire Clamp
847 Transparent Hose
896 3-way solenoid valve
897 Control Line Filter
898 Pressure Differential Indicator
899 Solenoid valve block
A92 Seat, sensor
D26 Pressure Sensor (discharge air)
D27 Support, pressure sensor
D28 Support
D29 Seat, blowoff air pipe
D29 D79 Filter Nipple
H83 Pressure Sensor (oil)
H84 Pressure Sensor (Coolant)

D28

H83
A92 896
D27 899

H84

D79 A92

844

D26
898
A92

A92
847
897
085
799 844

137
11. PARTS LIST

16 Control Air Pipe


Ref.
No. Description
[Built-in dryer type] 898 Pressure Differential Indicator
A92 Seat, sensor
Air-Cooled D26 Pressure Sensor (discharge air)
D79 Filter Nipple
E83 Fitting
H83 Pressure Sensor (oil)
H84 Pressure Sensor (Coolant)

H84
H83

A92 E83
A92

D26

D79 A92

898

A92

138
11. PARTS LIST

16 Control Air Pipe


[Fixed-speed compressor] Ref.
Description
No.
085 O-ring, control line filter
799 Element, control line filter
Water-Cooled 844 Wire Clamp
847 Transparent Hose
896 3-way solenoid valve
897 Control Line Filter
898 Pressure Differential Indicator
899 Solenoid valve block
A92 Seat, sensor
D26 Pressure Sensor (discharge air)
D27 Support, pressure sensor
D28 Support
D79 Filter Nipple
H83 Pressure Sensor (oil)
D28

A92 896
899
D27

H83

D79

844

D26
898
A92

A92
847
897
085
799 844

139
11. PARTS LIST

16 Control Air Pipe


Ref.
No. Description
898 Pressure Differential Indicator
A92 Seat, sensor
Water-Cooled D26 Pressure Sensor (discharge air)
D79 Filter Nipple
E83 Fitting
H83 Pressure Sensor (oil)
E83

H83

A92

D26
A92

D79

898

A92

A92

140
11. PARTS LIST

17 Enclosure (1)

Air-Cooled [Built-in Dryer type]


J29

966
A36

J31

H59 914
915

D23 D59 912 D24


916 [Fixed-speed 911
966 compressor] 938
936
[Built-in Dryer type]
H60

A52
945 J30
970 A53
943
A71
D25 942
H97 910 [Fixed-speed D55
compressor]

A71
909
D14 909

A53 A33
H98
A52

[Built-in Dryer type]


904
905 943 J28
906
Ref.
944 E47 No. Description
924 929 939
[Built-in Dryer type] 966 Top Frame
Ref. 970 Rear Frame (2)
No. Description
A33 Drain pipe cover (3)
904 Front Door (1) A36 Top Panel (3)
905 Front Door (2) A52 Cover (1), discharge air pipe
906 Front Door (2) A53 Cover (2), discharge air pipe
909 Right Panel A71 Fork Slot Cover
910 Left Panel D14 Magnet
911 Rear Panel (1) D23 OMR cover (1)
912 Rear Panel (2) D24 Cover, coolant cooler
914 Top Panel (1) D25 Chain
915 Top Panel (2) D55 Rear Cover (3)
916 Cover, air intake filter D59 OMR cover (2)
924 Cover, power cord E47 Rubber Bush
929 Rubber Bush H59 Left-Corner Cap
936 Window Frame, coolant level gauge H60 Right-Corner Cap
938 Handle H97 Name plate for model
939 Rubber Bush H98 Name plate for NEXT
942 Common Base J28 Drain maintenance cover
943 Front Frame (1) J29 PCB maintenance cover
944 Front Frame (2) J30 Seal cover
945 Front Frame (3) J31 OMR cover

141
11. PARTS LIST

17 Enclosure (1)
J31

914
Water-Cooled H59
915

D23 912
916 [Fixed-speed D59 911
966 compressor]

H60

J34

945

970
943
J33 A71
942

910
D25
909
H97

A71
A53
D14
A52

H98

J28

944 E47
904 924 929 939

905
Ref. Ref.
No. Description No. Description
904 Front Door (1) 970 Rear Frame (2)
905 Front Door (2) A52 Cover (1), discharge air pipe
909 Right Panel A53 Cover (2), discharge air pipe
910 Left Panel A71 Fork Slot Cover
911 Rear Panel (1) D14 Magnet
912 Rear Panel (2) D23 OMR cover (1)
914 Top Panel (1) D25 Chain
915 Top Panel (2) D59 OMR cover (2)
916 Cover, air intake filter E47 Rubber Bush
924 Cover, power cord H59 Left-Corner Cap
929 Rubber Bush H60 Right-Corner Cap
939 Rubber Bush H97 Name plate for model
942 Common Base H98 Name plate for NEXT
943 Front Frame (1) J28 Drain maintenance cover
944 Front Frame (2) J31 OMR cover
945 Front Frame (3) J33 Cover (1), Water Piping
966 Top Frame J34 Cover (2), Water Piping

142
11. PARTS LIST

16 Enclosure (2)
Ref.
No. Description
Air-Cooled Water-Cooled 917 Duct, air intake (1)
918 Cover, air intake
921 D22 921 Cover, air intake filter duct
932 922 Air Intake Filter
922 932 Wing Nut
933 933 Stud Bolt
949 948 Support, Control Panel
949 Duct, suction filer
D22 Cover (1), air intake duct
J35 Support, Duct (1)
J36 Support, Duct (2)
J37 Support, Duct (3)
J38 Support, Duct (4)
J39 Support, cover (1)
[Fixed-speed compressor] J40 Support, cover (2)
J41 Support, Control Panel
918
J35
J38
948

J41

J37

J40
J39
J36

917

143
11. PARTS LIST

18 Oil Mist Remover


Ref.
No. Description
D37 Element
D38 O-Ring
D39 Solenoid Valve
D40 Pressure Gauge
D41 Ejector
D44 D43 F96 D42 Vacuum Indicator
D43 Valve Sheet
D44 Valve Spring
D41 D45 Air Filter/Air Pressure Regulator
D46 Diaphragm, air pressure regulator
D48 Element, air filter
D49 Float Trap
D78 Packing
E62 O-Ring, air pressure regulator
E63 OMR Consumable Parts Kit
D42 F96 OMR Relief Valve
H76 H17 Valve
D37 ※E63 H18 Stem
H76 Tube Fitting Assy (1)
H77 Tube Fitting Assy (2)
※ Does not come with the
product.

D38

Details of A
D45

D46
D40

H18

OUT IN
H77
E62

D49

H17

D39
D48

D78
A

144
11. PARTS LIST

19 Dryer
Ref.
No. Description
A00 Air Dryer Assembly
A37 J32 A34 A01 Refrigerant Compressor
A02 Plate Type Heat Exchanger
A00 A03 Condenser
A02 A04 Fan
A05 Fan motor
A04 A06 High pressure switch
A07 Fan control switch
A05
A08 Discharge Switch Assembly
A15 A15 Refrigerant Pressure Gauge
A20 Hot Gas Bypass Valve
A34 Duct, dryer
A03
A37 Bracket, dryer
A45 Ball Valve
A47 Connecter, drain pipe
A48 Piping, Dryer Condensate Water (2)
A20
A50 Condensate Drain Trap Assembly
A06 A51 O-Ring, condensate drain trap
A07 A58 Panel, Dryer (1)
A08 A01 A59 Panel, Dryer (2)
A61 Support Plate, fan (1)
A62 Support Plate, fan (2)
A63 Support Plate, fan (3)
J32 Support Plate, cover
J75 Panel, Dryer (3)

A37 A47

A48

A45

A50
A51

A58

A62
A61 A63

A59

J75

145
12. WARRANTY AND AFTER-SALES SERVICE
12.1 Warranty
This Limited Warranty applies to products manufactured by Hitachi Industrial Equipment Systems Co., Ltd. (as
HIES hereinafter).

Warranty Period
The warranty period is 12 (twelve) calendar months after the date of the product delivery or 18 (eighteen)
calendar months after the date of the product shipping (as indicated by the bill of lading), whichever passes
earlier.

Limitation of the Warranty


In the warranty period, HIES will repair the product. However, this is only applied if it break’s down in the
correct usage condition, according to Instruction Manual and the notification on the product label. This
Limited Warranty does not extend in the following cases.
(1) Product over the warranty period.
(2) Product failed or damaged as a result of misuse or negligence of warnings, cautions, and instructions
as indicated on the labels on the product and the Instruction Manual.
(3) Product failed or damaged as a result of repair or modification by anyone other than HIES and an
authorized HIES distributor, who is not professional with the product.
(4) Product failed or damaged as a result of not using HIES genuine parts.
(5) Product’s parts to be periodically replaced or serviced according to the labels on the product and the
Instruction Manual.
(6) Product failed or damaged as a result of fire, earthquake, flood, thunderbolt or any other natural disaster
and the use of abnormal power supply voltage (higher or lower than the rated voltage −5% to +10%).
(7) Product failed or damaged as a result of the use in abnormal environmental conditions as follows:
Installation location: Outdoors.
Ambient temperature: Lower than 0 degree C or higher than 40 degree C.
Lower than 5 degree C or higher than 40 degree C.
Ambient humidity: Higher than 90%.
Surrounding environment: Inflammable, combustible or explosive gas or dust contained, corrosive gas
contained, or metal or cement powder, sand, a ball of dust contained.

HIES shall not liable for any indirect or consequential damages caused by the failed product, including any lost
production or sales.
Contact your distributor to obtain warranty services if necessary.

12.2 After-Sales Service


If you have a problem when using the product, read the section 4, “TROUBLESHOOTING,” carefully and examine
the problem by yourself. If you still cannot find the answer, contact your distributor and declare the following
information:

● Model (TYPE)
● Serial Number (MFG. NO.) } Check the nameplate on the product

● Total Operating Hours and Delivery Date


● Your Problem
● Customer’s Operation Interruption Condition

146
13. RELOCATION AND DISPOSAL
13.1 Relocation
To relocate the product, contact the local HITACHI distributor/master dealer or representative office. Note in
particular that you need to replace the parts to relocate the air compressor from a 50 Hz area to a 60 Hz area, and vice
versa. Otherwise, the air compressor cannot be operated at the relocation site. Operating the air compressor without
parts replacement may cause failure of the air compressor.

13.2 Disposal
To dispose of the air compressor after long use, be sure to drain lubricating oil. It is dangerous if lubricating oil leaks
to the outside for some reason from a disposed air compressor. Contact the local HITACHI distributor/master dealer
or representative office.

13.3 Recovery of Fluorocarbons


Follow the each local law and/or regulation. Contact the local HITACHI distributor/master dealer or representative
office for the detail.

147
Date Motor Discharge Air Suction Oil Coolant Oil Coolant Load Loading Cooling Total Daily inspection item Remarks

148
temp. temp. temp. pressure pressure ratio count water operating
Time Control Auto
Voltage Current Temp. Pressure qty hour After- Coolant Parts replacement,
air pipe drain trap Oil level
Year V A ℃ MPa ℃ ℃ ℃ MPa MPa % ℓ h cooler level other notes
filter (dryer)
387 or 0.7 or Drain
Air-Cooled 0.7MPa
lower lower 0.11 - Drain discharge
Control criteria Within
330 or 0.4 or 0.18 discharge
(fixed-speed type) 0.4MPa - Within the
lower lower 40 or 62 or 62 or 0.13 - Drain
the coolant
387 or 0.7 or lower lower lower 0.27 discharge Drain gauge
Air-Cooled 0.7MPa 0.09 - 0.18 - level
lower lower discharge
Control criteria [0.05 - 0.16] gauge
330 or 0.3 or (※1)
(Vtype) 0.3MPa - -
lower lower
387 or 0.7 or Drain
Water-Cooled 0.7MPa
lower lower 0.11 - Drain discharge
Control criteria
330 or 0.4 or 0.18 discharge
(fixed-speed type) 0.4MPa - Within
lower lower 40 or 62 or Drain
- - the -
387 or 0.7 or lower lower discharge Drain gauge
Water-Cooled 0.7MPa 0.09 - 0.18 -
lower lower discharge
Control criteria [0.05 - 0.16]
330 or 0.3 or (※1)
(Vtype) 0.3MPa - -
lower lower
14. OPERATION RECORD LOGBOOK

Notes) 1. Total operating hour, loading count, current value, discharge pressure, oil pressure, Coolant pressure, discharge temp., oil temp., Coolant temp., and load rate are displayed on the LCD monitor.
2. The figures with the “※1” mark are the values for operating frequency of 45 Hz or higher and the figures (in the brackets) are the values for operating frequency below 45 Hz.
Date Motor Discharge Air Suction Oil Coolant Oil Coolant Load Loading Cooling Total Daily inspection item Remarks
temp. temp. temp. pressure pressure ratio count water operating
Time Control Auto
Voltage Current Temp. Pressure qty hour After- Coolant Parts replacement,
air pipe drain trap Oil level
Year V A ℃ MPa ℃ ℃ ℃ MPa MPa % ℓ h cooler level other notes
filter (dryer)
387 or 0.7 or Drain
Air-Cooled 0.7MPa
lower lower 0.11 - Drain discharge
Control criteria Within
330 or 0.4 or 0.18 discharge
(fixed-speed type) 0.4MPa - Within the
lower lower 40 or 62 or 62 or 0.13 - Drain
the coolant
387 or 0.7 or lower lower lower 0.27 discharge Drain gauge
Air-Cooled 0.7MPa 0.09 - 0.18 - level
lower lower discharge
Control criteria [0.05 - 0.16] gauge
330 or 0.3 or (※1)
(Vtype) 0.3MPa - -
lower lower
387 or 0.7 or Drain
Water-Cooled 0.7MPa
lower lower 0.11 - Drain discharge
Control criteria
330 or 0.4 or 0.18 discharge
(fixed-speed type) 0.4MPa - Within
lower lower 40 or 62 or Drain
- - the -
387 or 0.7 or lower lower discharge Drain
Water-Cooled 0.7MPa 0.09 - 0.18 - gauge
lower lower discharge
Control criteria [0.05 - 0.16]
330 or 0.3 or
(Vtype) 0.3MPa (※1) - -
lower lower

Notes) 1. Total operating hour, loading count, current value, discharge pressure, oil pressure, Coolant pressure, discharge temp., oil temp., Coolant temp., and load rate are displayed on the LCD monitor.

149
14. OPERATION RECORD LOGBOOK

2. The figures with the “※1” mark are the values for operating frequency of 45 Hz or higher and the figures (in the brackets) are the values for operating frequency below 45 Hz.
15. STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS
Air-Cooled
■ Standard Specifications
Model DSP-37A[R]5N DSP-55A[R]5N DSP-37VA[R]5N DSP-55VA[R]5N
Item DSP-37A[R]6N DSP-55A[R]6N DSP-37VA[R]6N DSP-55VA[R]6N
Discharge pressure MPa 0.7 0.4 0.7 0.4 0.7 0.3 0.7 0.3
Capacity @rated pressure 50/60Hz m3/min 5.0 5.9 6.4 8.0 5.0 6.7 6.4 8.5
Capacity @PQ WIDEMODE ON, 0.6MPa m3/min - - - - 5.5 - 7.0 -
Capacity @PQ WIDEMODE ON, 0.5MPa m3/min - - - - 6.0 - 7.6 -
Capacity @PQ WIDEMODE ON, 0.4MPa m3/min - - - - 6.4 - 8.2 -
PQ WIDEMODE range MPa - 0.4∼0.7 [0.5∼0.7] - 0.4∼0.7 [0.5∼0.7] -
Intake air Press./Temp. ℃ Atmospheric Pressure / 0 to 40 [5 to 40]
Compressor

Type of compressed gas - Air


Maximum shaft power kW 42.6 60.5 42.6 60.5
No. of compression stage - Single-Stage
Driving method - Belt + Gear driven
Starting method - Star-delta (3 contactors) Inverter
Discharge air pipe connection B 1・1/2
Discharge temperature ℃ Ambient temperature +15 or lower
Oil quantity L 18 (NOT filled in)
Capacity control system - On-off line, 0% or 100% capacity, 2-step Variable speed + Purge + Auto stop/restart
Oil cooler/Intercooler/Aftercooler - Corrugated Fin Structure with Aluminum Slitted-Fin
Power - 37 (SF1.15) 55 (SF1.1) 37 (SF1.15) 55 (SF1.1)
Type - Totaly-Enclosed, Fan-Cooled
Voltage V 200/200・220 200/200・220 200/200・220 200/200・220
200V
Main motor

Maximum current A 154/151・137 221/208・195 154/151・137 221/208・195


class
Insullation class - F
Voltage V 380・400・415/380・440 380・400・415/380・440 380・400・415/380・440 380・400・415/380・440
400V
Maximum current A 82・77・78/75・68 116・111・111/104・97 82・77・78/75・68 116・111・111/104・97
class
Insullation class - F
Frequency Hz 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60
No. of pole - 4
Rated output kW 0.65 0.9 0.65 0.9
Type - Totally-Enclosed
200V Voltage V 200/200・220 200/200・220 200/200・220 200/200・220
Fan motor

class Maximum current A 3.1/3.2・3.0 5.2/4.4・4.6 3.1/3.2・3.0 5.2/4.4・4.6


400V Voltage V 380・400・415/380・440 380・400・415/380・440 380・400・415/380・440 380・400・415/380・440
class Maximum current A 1.6・1.6・1.6/1.7・1.6 2.4・2.6・2.6/2.2・2.3 1.6・1.6・1.6/1.7・1.6 2.4・2.6・2.6/2.2・2.3
Frequency Hz 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60
Number of pole - 4
Insulation - B F B F
Rated output kW 0.2/0.3
Coolant Pump Motor

Type - Totally-Enclosed, Fan-Cooled


200V Voltage V 200/200・220
class Maximum current A 1.3/1.5・1.45
400V Voltage V 380・400・415/400・440
class Maximum current A 0.60・0.63・0.64/0.70・0.63・0.62
Frequency Hz 50/60
Number of pole - 2
Insulation - E
[10 or less @ [10 or less @ [10 or less @ [10 or less @
P.D.P ℃ ambient temp. 30℃]
- ambient temp. 30℃]
- ambient temp. 30℃]
- ambient temp. 30℃]
-
Dryer

Refregirator nominal output kW [1.5] - [1.5] - [1.5] - [1.5] -


Fan motor rated output kW [25×2] - [25×2] - [25×2] - [25×2] -
Refrigerant - [R410A] - [R410A] - [R410A] - [R410A] -
Approximate weight kg 1,020 [1,170] 1,240 [1,390] 1,080 [1,230] 1,180 [1,330]
Dimension (W × D × H) mm 1,830×980×1,580 [2,230×980×1,580] 1,830×980×1,580 [2,230×980×1,580]

150
15. STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS

Notes (1) Capacity is measured according to ISO 1217, Third Edition, Annex C.
(2) P.D.P is measured at 30 degree C of intake air temperature and rated discharge pressure.
P.D.P might be much worth at 0.4MPa or less of discharge pressure.
P.D.P might be 13 degree C at PQ WIDEMODE ON and 0.6MPa of discharge pressure.
(3) Capacity after built-in dryer is decreased due to the condensate by maximum 3% .
(4) Earth leakage circuit breaker is out of scope of supply from Hitachi.
(5) DSP series air compressors are not designed, intended or approved for breathing air applications.
(6) Pressures are indicated as the gauge pressure.
(7) Install the air compressor indoors and avoid flammable and corrosive environment, moisture and dust.
(8) Hitachi may make improvements and/or changes in the appearance and/or specifications described in this publication at anytime
without notice.
(9) The value in the [ ] is for built-in dryer type.

151
15. STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS

Water-Cooled
■ Standard Specifications
Model DSP-37W5N DSP-55W5N
DSP-37VWN DSP-55VWN
Item DSP-37W6N DSP-55W6N
Discharge pressure MPa 0.7 0.4 0.7 0.4 0.7 0.3 0.7 0.3
Capacity @rated pressure 50/60Hz
m3/min 5.0 5.9 6.4 8.0 5.0 6.7 6.4 8.5
Capacity @PQ WIDEMODE ON, 0.6MPa
m3/min - - - - 5.5 - 7.0 -
Capacity @PQ WIDEMODE ON, 0.5MPa
m3/min - - - - 6.0 - 7.6 -
Capacity @PQ WIDEMODE ON, 0.4MPa
m /min
3
- - - - 6.4 - 8.2 -
PQ WIDEMODE range MPa - 0.4∼0.7 - 0.4∼0.7 -
Intake air Press./Temp. ℃ Atmospheric Pressure / 0 to 40
Type of compressed gas - Air
Maximum shaft power kW 42.6 60.5 42.6 60.5
Compressor

No. of compression stage - Single-Stage


Driving method - Belt + Gear driven
Starting method - Star-delta (3 contactors) Inverter
Discharge air pipe connection
B 1・1/2
Discharge temperature ℃ Cooling water temperature +13 or lower
Cooling water pipe connection
B 1
Cooling water inlet temperature
℃ 32 or lower
Cooling water flow rate
L/min 80
Oil quantity L 14 (NOT filled in)
Capacity control system - On-off line, 0% or 100% capacity, 2-step Variable speed + Purge + Auto stop/restart
Water cooled Horizontal Shell and Tube Type
Oil cooler/Aftercooler - Oil cooler : Water passes inside of Tubes
Aftercooler : Water passes outside of Tubes
Rated output kW 37 (SF1.15) 55 (SF1.1) 37 (SF1.15) 55 (SF1.1)
Type - Totaly-Enclosed, Fan-Cooled
200V Voltage V 200/200・220 200/200・220 200/200・220 200/200・220
Main motor

class Maximum current A 154/151・137 221/208・195 154/151・137 221/208・195


400V Voltage V 380・400・415/380・440 380・400・415/380・440 380・400・415/380・440 380・400・415/380・440
class Maximum current A 82・77・78/75・68 116・111・111/104・97 82・77・78/75・68 116・111・111/104・97
Frequency Hz 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60
No. of pole - 4
Insullation class - F
Rated output kW 0.1 0.2
Type - Totally-Enclosed
200V Voltage V 200/200・220 200/200・220
Fan motor

class Current A 0.9/0.9・0.9 1.2/1.2・1.2


400V Voltage V 380・400・415/400・440 380・400・415/400・440
class Current A 0.5・0.5・0.5/0.5・0.5 0.5・0.5・0.5/0.5・0.5
Frequency Hz 50/60 50/60
Number of pole - 4
Insulation - E
Approximate weight kg 970 1,190 1,050 1,150
Dimension (W × D × H) mm 1,830×980×1,580

152
15. STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS

Notes (1) Capacity is measured according to ISO 1217, Third Edition, Annex C.
(2) P.D.P is measured at 30 degree C of intake air temperature and rated discharge pressure.
P.D.P might be much worth at 0.4MPa or less of discharge pressure.
P.D.P might be 13 degree C at PQ WIDEMODE ON and 0.6MPa of discharge pressure.
(3) Earth leakage circuit breaker is out of scope of supply from Hitachi.
(4) DSP series air compressors are not designed, intended or approved for breathing air applications.
(5) Pressures are indicated as the gauge pressure.
(6) Install the air compressor indoors and avoid flammable and corrosive environment, moisture and dust.
(7) Hitachi may make improvements and/or changes in the appearance and/or specifications described in this publication at anytime
without notice.

153
Note the Air Compressor’s Specifications below for future reference.

Model DSP- kW Hz

Compressor Mfg No.

Installation Date day month year

Start Up Date day month year

Local Hitachi Distributor Phone: Primary Contact

Hitachi Industrial Equipment Systems Co.,Ltd.

DSA-599C 2015.7
Printed in Japan

You might also like